^ DEPARTMENT OF
CONSERVATION AND
LAND MANAGEMENT

W A'py JB uk^n fM

fmg^mWvM

f Sr 1

-1 Y Jr / • • VI '. •■’ • 3

Utk

i^b ml M fij

jlBfc— r- /

M H Mi

^5^ V'

VOLUME

9

NUMBER 3

19 9 4

Western Australian Herbarium
Department of Conservation and Land Management
Como, Western Australia

Editor

Kevin F. Kenneally

Editorial Advisory Committee
N.S. Lander
T.D. Macfarlane
N.G. Marchant
B.L. Rye

J.R. Wheeler (Assistant Editor)

Editorial Assistant/Page Preparation

J.W. Searle

Western Australian Herbarium,
Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

CONTENTS

Page

Eucalyptus series Brevifoliae (Myrtaceae), a new species of northern Australian

eucalypts. By M.I.H. Brooker and A.V. Slee 307

Mueller’s “The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria” - Is Volume 2 effectively
published? By A.B. Court, R.S. Cowan and B.R. Maslin 315

Three new species, a new name and notes on Australian Polycarpaea (Caryophyllaceae).

By I.D. Cowie 319

New taxa of Verticordia (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae) from Western Australia.

By Elizabeth A. George and Alex S. George 333

Stylidium costulatum (Stylidiaceae), a new tropical species of triggerplant from the
Kimberley, Western Australia and the lectotypification of S. floodii.

By Kevin F. Kenneally and Allen Lowrie 343

Notes and new species of Acacia (Mimosaceae) from northern Australia.

By G.J. Leach 351

Drosera ordensis (Droseraceae), a new tropical species of carnivorous plant from

northern Australia. By Allen Lowrie 363

Stylidium pulviniforme (Stylidiaceae), a new species of triggerplant from south-west

Western Australia. By Allen Lowrie and Kevin F. Kenneally 369

Chamaexeros longicaulis (Dasypogonaceae), a new species from Walpole,

south western Australia, with additional notes on the genus. By T.D. Macfarlane 375

C.R.P. Andrews’ species of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae): typification of the

names. By B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan 383

William Vincent Fitzgerald’s species of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae):

typification of the names. By B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan 387

C.F. Meissner’s species of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae): typification of the

names. By B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan 399

A contribution to the taxonomy of the Tiliaceae of Western Australia. By B.L. Rye 415

A new species of Nicotiana (Solanaceae) from near Broome, Western Australia.

By D.E. Symon and Kevin F. Kenneally 421

New species of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) from the northern wheatbelt area of

Western Australia. By J.R. Wheeler 427

Correction: Nuytsia 9(2): 237-304 438

Publication date of Nuytsia Volume 9 Number 2 438

Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora 439

Notes for Authors 440

Cover

Nuytsia floribunda (Labill.) R. Br. ex FenzI (Loranthaceae) - the Western Australian Christmas Tree is one of the few
aborescent mistletoes in the world. This endemic tree is a semi-parasite common in sandy soil from the Murchison River to
Israelite Bay. The journal is named after the plant, which in turn commemorates Pieter Nuijts, an ambassador of the Dutch
East India Company, who in 1627 accompanied the ‘‘Guide Zeepard” on one of the first explorations along the south coast of
Australia.

Cover design by Sue Marais

Photograph A.S. George

Nuytsia 9 (3): 307-314 (1994)

307

Eucalyptus series Brevifoliae (Myrtaceae), a new series of
northern Australian eucalypts

M.I.H. Brooker and A.V. Slee

CSIRO Division of Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, Australian Capital Territory 2601

Abstract

Brooker, M.I.H. and Slee, A.V. Eucalyptus series Brevifoliae (Myrtaceae), a new series of
northern Australian eucalypts. Nuytsia 9 (3): 307-314 (1994). A new infrageneric taxon, £'Mca/ypfMy
series Brevifoliae is described. The group consists of six species of northern Australian white gums,
viz- E. confluens, E. rupestris and E. ordiana, endemic to the Kimberley in Western Australia,
E. brevifolia, from the Kimberley and adjacent parts of the Northern Territory, E. umbrawarrensis
endemic to the Top End of the Northern Territory, and E. leucophloia which occurs from the Pilbara
across the Northern Territory to western Queensland. The series is diagnosed by seed and leaf
characters.

Introduction

The first species of the new series to be published is Eucalyptus brevifolia F. Muell. in 1858. The
subsequent history of this species and its implied synonymy withE. microtheca (Bentham 1867) were
meticulously researched by Blake ( 1 953), who rejected this synonymy and classified E. brevifolia with
a subgroup of red gums, E. ser. Subexsertae (Benth.) Blakely.

The next species of the series to be published is E. pallidifolia F. Muell. which Bentham (1867)
placed in the heterogeneous E. subser. Exsertae Benth., the other subgroup of red gums typified by
E. exserta F. Muell. Blake, much later ( 1 953), concluded that E. pallidifolia was a taxonomic synonym
of E. brevifolia. The third species is E.confluens W.V. Fitzg. ex Maiden whose affinities Maiden
considered to be “unsolved”, despite Fitzgerald’ s suggestion quoted by Maiden ( 1 9 1 9), of a relationship
to£. rudis Endl. Blakely (1934) placed F. confluens inE. ser. Exsertae (Benth.) Blakely. The fourth
of these early published species is E. umbrawarrensis Maiden, which the author associated with
E. pallidifolia.

Blakely (1934) supported Bentham’ s synonymy of Eucalyptus brevifolia with E. microtheca. He
placed E. pallidifolia in the Subexsertae, maintained E. confluens in the Exsertae and placed
E. umbrawarrensis in the Subulatae, a series otherwise comprising species with bisected cotyledons.

308

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Blake (1953) maintained the erroneous placement for E. urnbrawarrensis although
E. urnbrawarrensis has reniform cotyledons in common with the Exsertae and Subexsertae.

Pryor & Johnson (1971) associated both E. brevifolia (syn. E. pallidifolia) and E. confluens with
E. alba in the extracodical ssr. Albae in their classification {&er. Subexsertae). However, they classified
E. urnbrawarrensis in an ambiguously-placed monotypic series, well isolated in their system from all
three series, Exsertae, Subexsertae andSubulatae. Subsequent unpublished research by Johnson has
resulted in the segregation in a subseries of all three species within ser. Albae.

Three more species with affinity to the above-mentioned have been published, viz. E. leucophloia
Brooker(1976),£'. rM/ie5'rmBrooker& Done (1986), and£. oriimna Dunlop & Done (1992). The first
five of these species reviewed in this study were included in the Subexsertae by Chippendale (1988).
The more recently published £. ordiana was placed in ihcSubexsertae by Dunlop & Done, the authors
acknowledging its particular affinity within the series, based on seed characters, with E. brevifolia,
E. confluens, E. urnbrawarrensis and E. leucophloia.

Seed characters

Dunlop & Done associated the seed form ofEucalyptus ordiana with that of a “subgroup of species”
given in Boland et a/.(1980), i.e. those named above, without contrasting it with the seed of the
remainder of the Subexsertae.

Both theSubexsertae (less the species treated above), typified byE. alba, and thcExsertae, typified
by E. exserta, have similar and characteristic seeds. The morphology of this form of seed was treated
at length by Maiden (1925) and Bolander a/. ( 1980). The seeds are dark brown to black and have dorsal
and ventral sides separated by a margin that is either partly or entirely toothed. The ventral side
(Figure 1 a) is elongated, pyramidal or somewhat flattened but always with angles and faces. The hilum
is on a small terminal polygonal face or at the summit of the pyramid or more or less central to the
angular flattened face. The dorsal surface (Figure lb) is flat or slightly convex, without angles. Both
surfaces of the seed show slight relief due to the collapsed or sunken outer cell walls of the testa. The
walls of the cells towards the margin of the seed are characteristically sunken deeper and the outlines
of the cell are always very irregular in shape (Figure Ic).

This seed form is diagnostic in the genus Eucalyptus for the Exsertae and Subexsertae and for
series Transversae.

The seeds of E. brevifolia, E. confluens, E. urnbrawarrensis, E. leucophloia, E. rupestris and
E. ordiana do not fit this pattern. They are light brown, flattened and ventrally concave, without
toothed edges, and with a more or less sunken ventral hilum (Figure 2a). The ventral and dorsal
surfaces of the seed contrast, as well, with those of series Exsertae and Subexsertae. The integument
is distinctly and regularly reticulate having cells, with uniformly and shallowly sunken outer cell
walls, often arranged in lines over much of the surface (Figures 2a-c). There is characteristically no
distinct edge separating the dorsal and ventral sides of the seed.

The general morphology of the seeds of the E. brevifolia group resembles superficially that of the
seeds of several other series. Considering various series in the classification of Chippendale (1988) and
dismissing any relationship with the groups having bisected cotyledons and those with adnate anthers,
we make the following comparisons.

M.I.H. Brooker and A.V. Slee, Eucalyptus series Brevifoliae

309

Figure 1. Seed of Eucalyptus alba, Timor, J. Turnbull 202. a - ventral (hilar) view, circle
indicates hilum (x40), b - dorsal view (x30), c - detail of toothed margin (x62).

310

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Figure 2. Seed of Eucalyptus brevifalia. King River crossing towards Karunjie, Western Australia,
M.I.H. Brooker 4228. a - ventral (hilar) view, circle indicates hilum (x38), b - dorsal view (x35),

c - detail of surface (xl75).

M.I.H. Brooker and A.V. Slee, Eucalyptus series Brevifoliae

311

The seeds of the monotypic series Pumilae and Michaelianae are toothed around the edges. The
seed of E. pumila has, in addition, unique dorsal patterning while that of E. michaeliana, in most
respects, resembles red gum seed (Boland et al. 1980). The seeds of series Foveolatae, Microcarpae
and Viminales are similar in general shape to the seeds of the£. brevifolia group. They differ, however,
in being grey-black, with a flatter, lacunose dorsal surface (Boland et al. 1 980), that of the£. brevifolia
group being light brown, plump, convex and lacking lacunae.

Leaf venation and oil gland patterns

Eucalypts have evolved a variety of leaf venation patterns which differ notably in the amount of
reticulation, from none observable by casual inspection to extremely dense, and in the angle of
departure of the side veins from the midrib, from parallel side veins (snow gums) to veins at an angle
of almost 90 degrees (blood woods).

Endemic northern Australian species, including those of thcBrevifoliae, invariably have extremely
dense reticulation, e.g. E. umbrawarrensis (Figure 3). This distinguishes them from any species of
south-eastern Australia belonging to other taxonomic groups, e.g. E. viminalis (Figure 4), which may
have superficially similar seeds as referred to above.

Contrary to common belief, many eucalypts are almost completely lacking in visible oil glands
and do not have the characteristic eucalyptus smell when leaves are crushed. This is so with many
endemic northern species. Exceptions include E. staigeriana and E. camaldulensis (Figure 5) which
are, however, northern representatives of predominantly southern series, in terms of numbers of
species. In ihcSubexsertae, e.g. E. foiga/erfra (Figure 6) some oil glands are invariably present although
they are often obscure and many fewer than in the Exsertae.

The leaves of all the species of the E. brevifolia group are almost entirely lacking in visible oil glands
(Figure 3). This distinguishes them from most southern species in the genus that have similar seeds
(Figure 4). Also, oil glands which may be present in the leaves of the E. brevifolia group always appear
at the intersections of veinlets only. In southern species, the oil glands are seen mainly within the
areoles although intersectional ones are usually present.

We conclude that the E. brevifolia group of species are not red gums {Exsertae and Subexsertae),
nor do they have natural affinity with any groups in southern Australia, but that they make up a discrete
taxon. We erect therefore a new taxonomic series.

Taxonomy

Eucalyptus ser. Brevifoliae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov.

Arbores parvae vel “mallees” cortice laevi. Reticulum foliorum densissimum et glandulae si
manifestae intersectionales. Semina plus minusve complanata sed dorsaliter convexa, elliptica,
pallido-brunnea, integumento scalariformi, hilo ventrali, marginibus sinuato-dentatis omnino
deficientibus.

312

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Figure 3. Leaf venation in E. umbrawarrensis (Brooker s.n. , Figure 4. Leaf venation in E. viininatis {Brooker 1 1229).
road to Umbrawarra Gorge, Northern Territory, June 1988).

Figure 5. Leaf venation in £. camri/dH/erwir (Brooter j.n.,
Gibb River, Western Australia, April 1991).

Figure 6. Leaf venation in E. hiaaleriut (Brouker s.n., I lann
River, Western Australia, April 1991).

M.I.H. Brooker and A.V. Slee, Eucalyptus series Brevifoliae

313

Typus: E. brevifolia F. Muell.

Small trees or more rarely mallees, usually on rocky sites. Bark always smooth. Reticulation of
leaves very dense and oil glands, if present, appearing at the intersections of the veinlets. Seeds more
or less flat but convex on the dorsal side, elliptic, light brown, distinctly scalariform on the dorsal
surface, never toothed at the edges.

Notes. The series comprises six species, viz. E. brevifolia, E. confluens, E. leucophloia, E. rupestris,
E. umbrawarrensis and E. ordiana. The series is distributed from the western scarps of Arnhem Land
to the Kimberley and south to the Pilbara and east across northern central Australia to western
Queensland. The trees are sometimes dominant in arid areas and rocky sites, and are conspicuous with
their smooth white bark.

Etymology. The name for the series is taken from the epithet of its first published species.

Key to the species and subspecies of E. sen Brevifoliae

1 . Adult leaves glossy green

2. Fruit with annular disc E. confluens

2. Fruit with inconspicuous narrow descending disc E. umbrawarrensis

1 . Adult leaves dull blue-green to glaucous

3. Whole plant glaucous; leaves opposite, ovate to orbicular E. ordiana

3. Otherwise

4. Fruit with prominent annular disc E. brevifolia

4. Fruit with inconspicuous narrow descending disc

5. Petioles of adult leaves >1 cm long, slender; fruit cupular E. rupestris

5. Petioles of adult leaves < or = 1 cm long; fruit hemispheric

6. Valves of fruit enclosed or to rim level E. leucophloia subsp. leucophloia

6. Valves of fruit strongly exserted E. leucophloia subsp. E *

* To be published by others.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Helen Geier for some of the scanning electron micrographs taken in the CSIRO
Microscopy Unit at Black Mountain, Canberra, and to Lawrie Johnson for helpful suggestions made
concerning an earlier draft

314

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

References

Bentham, G. (1867). “Flora Australiensis” Vol. 3. (L. Reeve & Co.: London.)

Blake, S.T. (1953). Botanical contributions of the Northern Australian Regional Survey. I. Studies on northern Australian species
of Eucalyptus. Austral. J. Bot. 1: 185-352.

Blakely, W.F. (1934). “A Key to the Eucalypts”. (The Worker Trustees: Sydney.)

Boland, D.J., Brooker, M.l.H. & Turnbull, J.W. (1980). “Eucalyptus Seed”. (CSIRO: Melbourne.)

Brooker, M.l.H. (1976). Six new taxa of Eucalyptus from Western Australia. Nuytsia 2: 103-117.

Brooker, M.l.H. & Done, C.C. (\9%6). Eucalyptus ceracea, E. rupestrisand E. chlorophylla (Myrtaceae), three new' species from
the Kimberley Division of Western Australia. Nuytsia 5: 381-390.

Chippendale, G.M. (1988). "Flora of Australia” Vol. 19. (Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.)

Dunlop, C.R. & Done, C.C. (1992). Eucalyptus ordiana (Myrtaceae), a new species from the Kimberley, Western Australia.
Nuytsia 8: 195-199.

Maiden, J.H. (1919). “A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus". Part 36. (Government Printer: Sydney.)

Maiden, J.H. (1925). “A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus". Part 64. (Government Printer: Sydney.)

Pryor, L.D. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1971). “A Key to the Eucalypts”. (Australian National University Press: Canberra.)

Nuytsia 9 (3): 315-318 (1994)

315

Mueller’s “The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria”
- Is Volume 2 effectively published?

A.B. Court*, R.S. Cowan^and B.R. Maslin^

'71 Miller St, O’Connor, Australian Capital Territory 2601
''Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Abstract

Court, A.B., Cowan, R.S. and Maslin, B.R. Mueller’s “The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of
Victoria” - Is Volume 2 effectively published? Nuytsia 9 (3): 315-318 (1994). Historical notes are
provided to support the conclusion that the second volume of this work was not effectively published
and the new names it included are therefore invalid. A summary is appended that will be of assistance
to librarians and bibliographers in understanding the chronology and content of the several publications
concerned.

Introduction

Knowledge of the circumstances surrounding Mueller’s (1863) controversial “publication” of
volume 2 of “The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria” (referred to as “PI. Victoria” in the
following text), is neither voluminous nor unequivocal. However, in connection with the preparation
of the “Flora of Australia” account of Acacia we found it necessary to determine whether or not this
title was effectively published in order to establish the status of the new names it contained. Very little
other than Acacia is involved and the following discussion concerns only the taxa of this genus. The
resume at the end of the text summarises what is known of this and related publications.

Is Mueller’s “PI. Victoria” volume 2 effectively published?

In a particularly thorough paper Cavanagh (1988) traced the beginnings of scientific printing by
Government Printer in Victoria, especially with reference to publications by F. Mueller. Using files
of the Chief Secretary and of the Government Printer, as well as Mueller’ s annual reports for the period
1858-1 862, Cavanagh was able to settle rather certainly the question of whether or not the “PI. Victoria”
had been issued in parts. He pointed out that publication in parts had been considered earlier when the
purpose of the work was less ambitious, but was abandoned by January 1 860 in favour of a more
voluminous treatment of the flora. The first volume of “PI. Victoria” appeared in February 1862, the
date given on page 242 of the volume and accepted by Stafleu and Cowan (1981) as the date of
publication.

316

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Printing of the second volume began but was halted at the end of page 40, the end of the fifth fascicle,
and descriptive work was deferred, as Mueller (1864-1865) wrote in his introduction to a volume of
lithograms he published, “in order that precedence of publication may be given to the corresponding
volumes on the universal empire of plants of Australia.” This statement may be taken to mean that his
time for working on his own projects had become so compromised by his cooperation with George
Bentham in the production of “Flora Australiensls”, that “PI. Victoria” had to be at least temporarily
put aside.

The printing of the fragment of volume 2 probably occurred between March and September 1 863.
This suggestion is based on the fact that Mueller cited Acacia acanthoclada in his “Fragmenta III”
(published March 1863) and referred to it as having been published in volume 2 of the “PI. Victoria”;
he cited his A. trineura in the same way in “Fragmenta IV” (i.e. as having been published in “PI.
Victoria” vol. 2) which was published in September 1863. After printing of volume 2 had been
discontinued, Mueller took a handful of broadsheets from the Government Printing Office and
despatched a set to Bentham at Kew and possibly to another one or two European workers. Churchill
et al. (1978), in a list of the published works of Mueller, noted: “Apparently distributed as page proofs
by the author.”

Court (1973) questioned the status of the names in this work in his unpublished “AustralianAcac/a
Species Index”. The “International Code of Botanical Nomenclature”(Art. 29) (Greater et al. 1988)
requires effective publication of botanical works for the validation of new names they contain and it
defines effective publication (in part) as “only by distribution of printed matter (through sale, exchange
or gift) to the general public or at least to botanical institutions with libraries accessible to botanists
generally.” In the case of Kew, the copy of the broadsheets sent to Bentham did not in itself constitute
effective publication as defined by the “Code”, for a library attached to the herbarium came into
existence only with the purchase of Hooker’s library after his death in 1865 (Perredes 1906).
Consequently, we are of the opinion that Mueller’s despatch of a set of broadsheets to one or a few close
associates in Europe does not constitute effective publication of the names in that portion of volume
2. Indeed, it appears to us unlikely that Mueller had any intention of making generally available to
anyone the first few pages of an aborted publication, certainly not “to the general public” or “to
botanists generally”. We therefore conclude that none of the new names which appear in volume 2 of
Mueller’s “PI. Victoria” are valid because the work was not effectively published and that such names
should date from their later publication.

Acacia taxa in Mueller’s “PI. Victoria” volume 2

Mueller intended to publish four new species of Acacia in volume 2 of “PI. Victoria”, namely,
A. nyssophylla, A. subporosa, A. subtilinervis and A. trineura', these names were validly published in
September of the same year by Mueller ( 1 863a) in his “Fragmenta”. Names for two other new acacias
were proposed by Mueller in volume 2 of “PI. Victoria”, namely, A. pycnostachya and A. visciflua.
Even if they had been effectively published, neither name is valid, because Mueller advanced them
merely as provisional names for taxa, should the species be accepted in the future (see Art. 34. 1 of the
“International Code of Botanical Nomenclature”) (Greuter et al. 1988). Acacia pycnostachya was
subsequently validated by Bentham (1864) but we know of no validation of the name A. visciflua
(although it was cited as a synonym of A. dodonaeifolia by Bentham 1864).

A.B. Court, R.S. Cowan and B.R. Maslin, Mueller’s “The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria”

317

Mueller’s treatment of A. /ongj/o/ia (Andrews) Willd. in this volumeis more complicated, although
the difficulties are more taxonomic than nomenclatural. He described what he considered to be the
typical element of the species and then listed five earlier binomials (A. sophorae R. Br., A. alpina
F. Muell., A. floribunda (Vent.) Willd., A. mucronata Willd. ex H.L. Wendl. and A. linearis Sims)
and provided the new name, A. phlebophyUa (based on A. sophorae var. montana F. Muell.), all of
which he considered “varieties” of A. longifolia, although not actually making formal combinations
as varieties. Bentham ( 1 864) accepted four of the “varieties” at that rank but maintained the other two
at the rank of species, namely A. alpina and A. linearis.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful for the able assistance of both Paul G. Wilson and Gillian Perry who by their
experience and knowledge of the “Code” have helped us immeasurably in reaching the conclusions we
have. We are especially grateful to the reviewers, J. Ross in particular who with Helen Cohn, librarian
at Melbourne’s National Herbarium, called to our attention the important work by Tony Cavanagh.

Addendum

Because some botanists, bibliographers (including the authors of the second edition of “Taxonomic
Literature”!) and librarians both here and overseas have not had access to the available data concerning
“The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria” and related publications, the following resume is
presented in an effort to help to clear away some of the confusion that has surrounded the listing of these
works.

1. Mueller, F.J.H.: “The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria”. Volume 1. 1862. Issued as a
complete volume February 1862; tabled before the Royal Society of Victoria on 28 April 1862.

We have accepted that this work was issued only as a complete volume in February 1862 but the
possibility that it may have been issued in several parts is suggested by Mueller’s “Second Systematic
Census of Australian Plants” (1889). There he lists various species which were published in volume
1 with dates between 1860 and 1862.

2. Mueller, F.J.H.; “The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria”. Volume 2. 1863. Almost
certainly printed during the period March to September 1863.

The final printing of this work stopped abruptly, although it is quite likely that Mueller had written
considerably more of this volume. Preparation of copy for the work was well underway in 1 862 and
many plates had been prepared and apparently printed off for it. Plates which were intended for
publication in this volume were cited by Mueller from time to time, particularly in his “Fragmenta”.
As pointed out above, the fragment of volume 2 cannot be regarded as published within the meaning
of the rules in the “International Code of Botanical Nomenclature” and consequently it is not taken into
consideration. Photocopies of volume 2 are in several herbaria, including K, MEL (J.Ross, pers.
comm.) and PERTH.

3. Mueller, F.J.H.: “The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria”. Lithograms, 1864-1865. Precise
date of issue is uncertain but it was mentioned in “The Journal of Botany” in August 1865.

318

Nuytsia Vol, 9, No. 3 (1994)

In his Introduction to this volume, Mueller wrote; “This volume, illustrative of Victorian Plants, has

been issued separately from the descriptive portion of the work [which] has been temporarily

deferred, in order that precedence of publication may be given to the corresponding volumes on the
universal empire of plants of Australia, emanating in London [Bentham’s “Flora Australiensis”]”.
Mueller was concerned that abandoning his work, although perhaps only temporarily, denied the
scientific fraternity access to the excellent plates that had been prepared. With this in mind Mueller
issued a number of plates under the title of “Lithograms”. Clearly, he was very careful not to call this
publication volume II, particularly since he must have wanted to continue the work at a later date. Some
workers, including librarians, quite erroneously catalogue this publication as “The Plants Indigenous
to the Colony of Victoria”, Volume 11”, but it must be emphasised that it is not Volume II and was never
intended as such. Reference to Mueller’s Introduction to this work shows very clearly that this is so.

From time to time, Mueller cited other plates intended for Volume II and future volumes but most
of these remained unpublished until 1910 when A.J. Ewart gathered them together in a work entitled
“Plants indigenous to Victoria”, Volume II (see following entry). However, Mueller published a few
plates over the years in some of his other works.

4. Ewart, A.J. : “Plants indigenous to Victoria”. Volume II. 1910. The precise date of publication is
uncertain but page 2 bears the date 30 June 1910.

Ewart realised the value of the unpublished plates that were intended for publication in Mueller’s
work and set about publishing them. Ewart gave a good account of these plates in his Preface and
referred to their history. However, he somewhat confused the situation by titling his work “Plants
indigenous to Victoria”, Volume II. It should be noted that in the strict sense there is no Volume I of
Ewart’s work and that it stands alone.

References

Bentham, G. (1864). “Flora Australiensis”. Vol. 2. (Lovell Reeve: London.)

Cavanagh, T. (1988). The Victorian Government Printer and Early Scientific Publishing in Victoria: Ferdinand von Mueller,
the Royal Society and R. Brough Smyth. Riverina Library Review 5: 263.

Churchill, D.M., T.B. Muir & D.M. Sinkora(1978). The published works of Ferdinand J.H. Mueller (1825-1896). Muelleria
4(1): 79.

Court, A.B. (1973, unpublished). Australian Acacia Species Index.

Ewart, A.J. (1910). “Plants indigenous to Victoria”. Volume II. (Government Printer: Melbourne.)

Greuter, W. et at (1988). “International Code of Botanical Nomenclature”; Regnum Vegetabile 118. (Publ. International
Association for Plant Taxonomy.)

Mueller, F.J.H. (1862). “The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria”. Volume 1, Thalamiflorae (Government Printer:
Melbourne.)

Mueller, F.J.H, (1863). “The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria”. 2. Calyciflorae. (Government. Printer: Melbourne.)
Mueller, F.J.H. (1863a). “Fragraenta Phytographiae Australiae”. Vol. 4. (Government. Printer: Melbourne.)

Mueller, F.J.H. (1864-1865). “The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria”. Lithograms. (Government Printer:
Melbourne.)

Mueller, F.J.H. (1887). “Iconography of Australian species of Acacia and cognate genera”. Decade 8. (Goverment Printer:
Melbourne.)

Mueller, F.J.H. (1889). “Second systematic census of Australian plants, with chronologic and geographic annotations”. Part
I.- Vasculares (Government Printer: Melbourne.)

Perredes, P.E.F. (1906). “London Botanic Gardens”. (The Wellcome Research Laboratories: London.)

Stafleu, F.A. and R.S. Cowan (1981). “Taxonomic Literature”, ed. 2, vol. 3 (Regnum Veg. 105), Bohn, Scheltema and
Holkema: Utrecht.)

Nuytsia 9 (3): 319-332 (1994)

319

Three new species, a new name and notes on Australian
Polycarpaea (Caryophyllaceae)

I.D. Cowie

Northern Territory Herbarium, Conservation Commission of the Northern Territory,
PO Box 496, Palmerston, Northern Territory 0831

Abstract

Cowie, I.D. Three new species, a new name and notes on Australian Pofycar/paea (Caryophyllaceae).
Nuytsia 9 (3); 319-332 (1994). Polycarpaea incana, P. microceps and P. tenax are described and
illustrated and a new name, P. multicaulis, is chosen for the later homonym P. microphylla Pedley.
Variation in these taxa, as well as P. breviflora, P. corymbosa, P. involucrata, P. spirostylis and
P. violacea is discussed. A key to Australian species is included.

Introduction

The genus Polycarpaea was described by Lamark (1792) and has since been conserved against the
earlier name Pallia Lour. (Rickett & Stafleu 1959). The name Polycarpaea has been used in Australia
since Mueller’s (1859) treatment of the genus, with subsequent accounts by Bentham (1863), Domin
(1925) and Pedley (1977). Although Kuntze (1891) transferred many species to Polycarpa (an
orthographic variant of Polycarpon), his treatment appears not to have been widely applied to
Australian material. Since Pedley’ s paper was published many specimens have been collected from
more remote parts of northern Australia, especially Arnhem Land and the Kimberley Region.
Although a treatment for the “Hora of Australia” is in preparation, this precursory paper allows more
complete descriptions of new taxa and discussion of patterns of variation and synonymy in several other
taxa.

The study was based on the gross morphology of herbarium specimens and measurements were
derived from dried and detergent softened material. The morphology of the seed testa was considered
of possible taxonomic value. Seeds were therefore examined using a scanning electron microscope.

The conservation status of new taxa was assessed and coded using the criteria and abbreviations of
Briggs and Leigh (1988)

320

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Morphology

Habit. Most species are annual or perennial herbs, although/^, niulticaulis is an erect, many-stemmed
subshrub with a woody base. Among the annual species, lifeforms range from few-stemmed, erect and
slender (most forms ofF. corymbosa, P. longiflora, P. staminodina andP. violacea) to low and bushy
(F. arida, P. involucrata). This range of variation may often be present within the one species (e.g.
F. spirostylis, P. breviflora, P. holtzei). The perennial species are usually small, and are wiry with
numerous stems arising from a woody base.

Indumentum. All species are hairy to some degree, ranging from almost glabrous (F. breviflora and
F. spirostylis) to hoary and woollyf F. incana and F. tenax). Hair types in the genus consist of branched
and unbranched crisped septate hairs. Polycarpaea breviflora and F. spirostylishstve tufts of branched
hairs in the leaf axils but are otherwise glabrous. At least the stems of all other species are thinly
pubescent to woolly with branched hairs. The stipules, bracts and sepals of most species are glabrous
(often with ciliate or fimbriate margins) but may be hairy in F. staminodina and F. tenax. The leaves
of most species have simple and/or branched hairs except those of F. arida, the common annual form
of F. corymbosa and F. holtzei which are glabrous. The stipules and bracts of F. holtzei commonly
have a long bristle arising from near the base on the abaxial surface.

Leaves. Basal leaves are often present on young plants but are lost on older plants. In shape, they range
from oblanceolate to orbicular. In most species found on sandstone outcrops (F. incana, P. microceps,
P. multicaulis and F. tenax), cauline leaves are short, stiff, opposite and are narrowly oblanceolate or
linear. Cauline leaves are relatively long, soft, linear and whorled in most other species. In F. arida
and F. involucrata the cauline leaves are whorled but are otherwise similar to those of the sandstone
species.

Inflorescences. V ariation in compactness and placement of inflorescences and the presence or absence
of floral leaves can be of some value as taxonomic characters. Inflorescences vary from reduced and
capitate (in F. incana, P. involucrata, P. microceps, and F. tenax) to open (F. breviflora, P. corymbosa,
P. longiflora, P. spirostylis and F. violacea). However, among the latter group there is often variation
in density within a species with some forms having relatively compact (but not capitate) inflorescences.
Those of F. arida and F. holtzei are intermediate in compactness, and in common with the ‘capitate’
species, have one or more pairs of subtending floral leaves. Most species have terminal inflorescences
whilst those of F. arida and F. involucrata are axillary as well as terminal.

Flowers. Sepals within the genus are relatively constant in shape, but vary in colouration and the
prominence of the midrib. The midrib may be accentuated by red or pink colouration in some forms
of F. breviflora, P. corymbosa, P. longiflora, P. spirostylis and F. violaceahui appears less prominent
in forms and species with hyaline sepals. The base of sepals is often thickened and yellowish but varies
within a species. Discrete red-brown resinous exudates are often present between the outer sepals and
at the nodes. However, except for F. arida where they are always absent, the presence or absence of
exudates is not consistent within a species. Petals are narrowly triangular to oblong and the apices may
be bifid(someforms ofF. forevi/IoraandF. jp/ro^/y/is), entire orerose. InF. breviflora, P. longiflora,
P. spirostylis and F.fenoxthe petals and staminal fdaments are adnate at their bases to form a short tube,
ranging from 0.5 mm long in F. tenax to 7 mm long in F. spirostylis. Polycarpaea violacea and
F. staminodina have minute linear staminodes 0.2 to 0.6 mm long inside the base of each petal.
Polycarpaea arida, P. corymbosa, P. holtzei, P. incana, P. involucrata, P. microceps, P. multicaulis
and F. tenax have a minute corona c. 0.05 mm long inside the corolla.

l.D. Cowie, Polycarpaea

321

Fruit. Capsules in most species are ovoid or ellipsoid, while in some forms of P. corymbosa,
P. longiflora, P. spirostylis, P. staminodina and P. tenax capsules are narrowly ovoid before
dehiscence, often becoming urceolate once the valves open. Polycarpaea holtzei is unusual in having
ellipsoid to narrowly obovoid capsules, probably the result of the solitary seed.

Seeds. Numbers of seeds per capsule vary from 1 in P. holtzei to 30 in P. tenax. Seed numbers mostly
fall in the range 10-20, although P. violacea can have as few as 4 and P. corymbosa as few as 6, while
P. incana can have up to 27. Except for P. tenax and P. holtzei, seed number does not appear of great
value as a taxonomic character. The shape of seeds within the genus varies from almost discoid
(P. longiflora -Figure 1 A and P. v/o/aceaj to subcylindrical (some forms of P. stawmodma -Figure
IB and P. corymbosa) but is often relatively constant within a species or group of species. Seeds of
some species are comma-shaped in outline (P. spirostylis - Figure 1C) while others are dimidiate
(P. incana, P. tenax - Figures IE, F). The testa can be almost smooth as in P. holtzei (Figure IH) but
is more usually ornamented. In some forms ofP. longiflora it is reticulate-areolate (Figure lA), while
that of P. tenax, P. multicaulis and P. microceps (Figures lE-G) is reticulate-areolate or reticulate-
foveolate with a minute reticulum. It is reticulate-areolate or reticulate-foveolate and minutely
muricate in some forms of P. breviflora, P. spirostylis (Figures 1C, D), P. corymbosa and
P. longiflora.

The perennial xerophytic lifeform

The perennial species oi Polycarpaea display a distinct xerophytic lifeform. They are small, wiry,
microphyllous, have numerous stems, reduced inflorescences, often have a dense hoary indumentum
and resprout each wet season from a woody base. These perennial species have close affinities with
the annuals P. involucrata and P. corymbosa, and with which some species intergrade (as discussed
below). Characters linking the perennial species to P. corymbosa and P. involucrata (and to a lesser
extent P. arida andP. holtzei) are the presence of a minute corona between the stamens, the usual lack
of a floral tube (except P. tenax), the lack of staminodes, ornamentation of the seed testa and seed shape.
In addition, P. involucrata has the reduced inflorescences common to the perennial species and has a
similar growth habit and occupies a similar habitat. Although P. tenax is anomalous among these
species in having a short floral tube, the presence of the characters discussed above indicates that it is
otherwise closely related. These species (as well as P. arida) are best placed with P. corymbosa and
P. involucrata in Polycarpaea section Polycarpia as recognised by Bentham (1863).

Perennation and xeromorphy in the species occurring on rock outcrops appears to be related to
climate. Polycarpaea involucrata, an annual, occurs largely in drier areas receiving 200 mm to 800
mm annual rainfall while the perennial species occur mainly in higher rainfall areas receiving 800 mm
to 1400 mm annual rainfall (although some forms of P. multicaulis are exceptions) (Plumb 1977).
However, even in the higher rainfall areas the climate is strongly seasonal with a dry season of 5 to 7
months duration. It seems unlikely that life history is related to habitat or soil fertility as the substrate
and habitat (crevices in sandstone outcrops) are very similar for all the species involved. It is postulated
that in the drier areas the climate is too extreme to support perennials and that an annual life history
allows plants to cope effectively with the longer dry season or irregular rainfall without the need to
evolve a suite of xeromorphic characters. In the wetter areas rainfall (or perhaps dew runoff) is regular
enough to support a perennial life history but the strongly seasonality has led to the development of
xeromorphic characters described above. It is interesting to note that perennation has evolved on what
would appear to be the most extreme habitat in the regions involved, not on a more mesic habitat.

322

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

The fragmented nature of the habitat occupied by the group has probably contributed to the genetic
isolation of populations and hence the process of speciation. The residual land surfaces (commonly
outcropping sandstone) occupied by these species form an archipelago of suitable habitats across
northern Australia. At the species level, this isolation is reflected in the occurrence of the closely
related but geographically isolated species P. involucrata, P. multicaulis, P. incana, and P. tenax.
Polycarpaea microceps is unusual in that it is sympatric with another member of the group, P. tenax.
Apart from morphological differences, the two occur in separate habitats, the former usually in crevices
in rock faces and the latter in crevices in rock platforms. Within species, this geographic isolation can
explain the many variants encountered in P. multicaulis and some of the variation in P. involucrata.

Key to Australian species

1 a. Stems and leaves glabrous (except for tufts of hairs in axils of bracts

and leaves); stipules <3 mm long 2

b. Stems and often leaves thinly pubescent to hoary; stipules usually >3 mm long 3

2a. Sepals <4.5 mm long; corolla <4 mm long P. breviflora

b. Sepals >4.5 mm long; corolla >4 mm long P. spirostylis

3 a. Cauline leaves in 2-several pairs per node; plants usually annual; stems

usually grey, green, stramineous or brown 4

b. Cauline leaves in one (rarely 2) pairs per node; plants perennial; stems often

white-hoary 10

4 a. Staminodes linear, 0.2-0. 6 mm long, at the base of each petal 5

b. Staminodes absent 6

5a. Sepals usually >3.5 mm long; stipules, bracts and sepals glabrous P. violacea

b. Sepals <3.5 mm long; stipules, bracts and sepals hairy at least towards base ... P. staminodina

6a. Corolla and stamens adnate at base for 1-3.5 mm P. longiflora

b. Corolla and stamens free or adnate at base for <0.5 mm 7

7a. Pedicels glabrous; seed 1, often falling as a unit with pedicel, perianth and

capsule; petals <0.3 times as long as sepals P. holtzei

b. Pedicels hairy (flowers sometimes sessile); seeds >4, at maturity shed from

capsule; petals usually >0.3 times as long as sepals 8

8 a. Inflorescences lacking a subtending involucre of leaves P. corymbosa

b. Inflorescences subtended by an involucre of leaves 9

9a. Inflorescences capitate and sessile; leaves cobwebbed; pedicels <1.5 mm

long P. involucrata

b. Inflorescences open; leaves glabrous; most pedicels >1.5 mm and up to

5 mm long P. arida

10 a. Inflorescences usually open, with conspicuous, dichotomous branching,

lacking subtending leaves P. multicaulis

b. Inflorescences capitate and sessile, subtended by a pair or involucre of leaves 1 1

11a. Stipules, bracts, sepals and stems red-brown; stems cobwebbed P. microceps

b. Stipules, bracts and sepals hyaline; stems white-hoary 12

12 a. Corolla and stamens adnate at base for >0.5 mm; sepals 3.2-5 mm long P. tenax

b. Corolla and stamens free or adnate at base for <0.5 mm; sepals 1.8-3 mm long P. incana

I.D. Cowie, Polycarpaea

323

Figure 1. Scanning electron micrographs of Polycarpaea seeds (lateral view). A-P. longiflora (J. Clarkson 6552).
B - P. staminodina (S.T. Blake 17470). C, D - P. spirostylis (L Pedley 2661). E - P. incana {P.K. Latz 31 13). F, G - P. tenax
(M. Lazarides 9011). H -P. holtzei(T. Hartley 13908). I -P. mlcroceps (C.R. Dunlop 3105). All scale bars are 0.1 mm, except
D & G which are 0.01 mm.

324

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Descriptions

P. incana I.D. Cowie, sp. nov.

P. involucmta arete affinis, a qua imprimis differt habitu perenni, indumento incano, inflorescentiis
axillaribus absentibus, bracteis ac calycibus abbreviatis, et foliis angustatis.

Typus: near Kurundie Creek, Kakadu National Park, Northern Territory, 20 April 1990, G.J. Leach
2795 & I.D. Cowie (bolo; DNA!; iso: BRI, MEL!).

An erect perennial herb to 15 cm tall. Stems numerous, boary, stout, 1-1.4 mm diam., with
branched crisped septate hairs; internodes 1 .5- 10 mm long. Stipules hyaline, 2-3 mm long, triangular,
midrib present, cobwebbed with crisped septate hairs, margins ciliate, apex attenuate. Cauline leaves
opposite, rarely whorled, narrowly oblanceolate or linear, 2-5 mm long, 0. 5-0.7 mm wide, glabrous to
cobwebbed with branched or unbranched crisped septate hairs. Inflorescence terminal, sessile,
capitate, 1-1 1 -flowered, subtended by 1-2 pairs of leaves; bracts stipule-like, 1.8-3 mm long, thinly
pubescent, bifid; pedicels 1-1.2 mm long, hyaline, lanceolate, 1.8-3 mm long, midrib present,

margin ciliate, apex acute. Petals reddish, free, lanceolate to oblong, 1 .2-2 mm long, 0.6-0.9 times as
long as sepals, glabrous, apex rounded. Stamens 0.9-1. 4 mm long, 0.6-0. 8 times as long as petals;
filaments 0.7-1 . 1 mm long; anthers 0.3-0.5 mm long; staminodes absent. Style 0.2-0.3 mm long; stigma
capitate. Capra/e brown, ovoid, 1. 3-2.2 mm long, 0. 5-0.8 times as long as calyx. 11-27, brown,

dimidiate in outline, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.3 mm wide, surface reticulate-areolate or reticulate-foveolate
with a minute reticulum. Figures IE, 2F-H.

Other specimens examined. NORTHERN TERRITORY: Nitmiluk (Katherine Gorge) National Park,
14° 19' S, 132° 25’ E, P.K. Latz3\ 13 (DI<1 A), N. Byrnes 679 (DNA); 14° 19' S, 132° 28' E, C. Dun/op
& N. Byrnes 2161 (DNA); 14° 20' S, 132° 30' E, M. Evans 3267 (DNA); 10 km SSW of El Sharana,
13° 34' S, 132° 29' E, T.M. Orr 35S (DNA).

Distribution. Endemic to the Northern Territory, in Nitmiluk (Katherine Gorge) National Park and
Kakadu National Park (south of the South Alligator River).

Habitat. Grows in crevices in sandstone rock platforms.

Flowering and fruiting. Between March and May.

Conservation status. 3RC-t. All known populations of this species are in Nitmiluk (Katherine Gorge)
National Park or Kakadu National Park.

Notes. Differs from P. multicaulis by the sessile, capitate inflorescences, presence of floral leaves and
relatively shorter stamens; from P. involucrata by the perennial habit, hoary indumentum, narrower
leaves, lack of axillary inflorescences, and shorter bracts and sepals; from P . microceps by the narrower
leaves, thicker stems, hyaline bracts and calyx and hoary indumentum and from P . tenax by the lack
of a floral tube, and shorter floral parts. Polycarpaea incana is geographically isolated by the South
Alligator River valley from P. microceps and P. tenax to the north and by the Roper River valley and
several other rivers from P. multicaulis and P. involucrata to the south. Two specimens from the
Kimberley region of Western Australia {Fryxell 4726 and Dunlop 5241) are intermediate between

I D. Cowie, Polycarpaea

325

Figure 2. Polycarpaea microceps A - habit, B - inflorescence, C - sepal, D - petals and stamens, E - capsule (from C.R. Dunlop
4704). P. incana F - sepal, G - petals and stamens, H - capsule, I - petal and stamen showing corona at base of petal (m)
(from G.J. Leach 2795 & I.D. Cowie). P. tenax J - sepal, K - petals and stamens, L - capsule (from B. Rice 3206).

326

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

P. involucrata and P. incana in growth habit, inflorescence, floral and indumentum characters.
Further collecting would help clarify the relationship of these entities to P. incana and P. involucrata.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the hoary stems.

P. microceps I.D. Cowie, sp. nov.

P. incana affinis sed habeas foliis latis, caulibus tenuibus, bracteis ac calycibus ferrugineis, et
carens indumento incano.

Typus: Little Nourlangie Rock, Northern Territory, 17 March 1978, C. Dunlop 4704 (holo: DNA'- iso-
BRI).

An erect perennial herb to 15 cm tall. Stems numerous, red-brown, slender, 0.6-0.7 mm diam.,
cobwebbed with branched crisped septate hairs; internodes 6-12 mm long. Stipules red-brown, 1.6-2
mm long, triangular, midrib present, margins ciliate, apex attenuate. Cauline leaves opposite,
occasionally in several pairs at nodes, narrowly oblanceolate or linear, 2.3-9 mm long, 0.7-1. 3 mm
wide, glabrate with crisped septate hairs. Inflorescence terminal, capitate, 3-12-flowered, subtended
by 1-2 pairs ofleaves; bracts stipule-like, 1.7-3 mm long, bifid; pedicels 0.5-1.5 mm long. Sepa/i red-
brown, lanceolate, 2.1-3 mm long, midrib present, margin ciliate, apex acute. Petals reddish, free,
lanceolate to oblong, 1.2-2 mm long, 0.6-0.8 times as long as sepals, glabrous, apex rounded. Stamens
0.8-1 .4 mm long, 0.4-0.6 times as long as petals; filaments 0.7-1 .2 mm long; anthers 0.3-0.4 mm long;
staminodes absent. 50'/e0.3-0.5 mm long; stigma capitate. Capjw/e brown, ovoid, 1.2- 1.5 mm long,

0. 5-0.7 times as long as calyx. Seeds c. 12, red-brown, rhomboidal-ellipsoid, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.25 mm
wide, surface foveolate with a minute reticulum. Figures II, 2A-E.

Other specimens examined. NORTHERN TERRITORY: 1 km upstream from Twin Falls, 13° 20' S,
132° 42' E, R. Fensham 781 (DNA); 70 km S of Jabiru, 13° 19' S, 132° 47' E, LA. Craven &
G. 7887 (CANB);SE face ofNourlangie Rock, Kakadu National Park, 12°57'S, 132° 50'E,

R. Cunliffe UNSW19984 (CANB, DNA); 5 km SE of East Alligator River Crossing, 12° 25'S,
132° 55' E,vanBalgooy& Byrnes 1314(CANB);2kmNWofKoongarra Saddle, 12° 45' S, 132°55'E,

1. R. Telford 81 19 & J.W. Wrigley (BRI); Deaf Adder Gorge, 13° 02' S, 132° 58' E, C. Dunlop 4406
(BRI, DNA); Nabarlek, 12° 17' S, 133° 19' E, M.O. Rankin 2090 (CANB, DNA); 8 km E of East
Alligator River Crossing, 12° 25' S, 133° 29' E, C. Dunlop 3705 (DNA); Liverpool River Headwaters,
12° 46' S, 133° 44' E, G. Wightman 1441 & L. Craven (DNA).

Distribution. Endemic to western Arnhem Land in the Northern Territory, in Kakadu National Park
and adjoining areas of the Arnhem Land Reserve.

Habitat. Grows in crevices in sandstone rock faces and rarely in crevices in rock platforms.
Flowering and fruiting. Between February and July.

Conservation status. Not rare or threatened.

Notes. Similar to but geographically disjunct from P. incana and having broader leaves, finer stems,
red-brown bracts and calyx, and lacking the hoary indumentum of that species. Sympatric with
P. tenax but differing from that species in the lack of a floral tube, smaller floral parts, red-brown bracts

I.D. Cowie, Polycarpaea

'ill

and calyx and lack of a hoary indumentum. One collection, Wightman 1441 & Craven, however does
have the hoary indumentum of P. incana.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the relatively small, compact inflorescences.

P. multicaulis I.D. Cowie, nomen nov.

Polycarpaea microphylla Pedley, Austrobaileya 1;55 (1977), nom. illeg., non Cav., Anales Ci. Nat.
3:25 (1801). Type: Robinson River, Northern Territory, July 1925, L.J.Brass 415 (holo: BRI, iso:
CANB!).

Distribution. Occurs inland of the Gulf of Carpentaria in Queensland and the Northern Territory, and
in western Queensland.

Habitat. Grows on shallow soils on residual land surfaces, often associated with sandstone outcrops.
Flowering and fruiting. Mainly between April and August.

Conservation status. Not rare or threatened.

Discussion. This species is closely related to some forms of P. corymbosa, with which it sometimes
intergrades in western Queensland. The distinctive features of P. multicaulis are the perennial habit,
often subwoody base, typically numerous wiry stems, hoary at least in the upper parts, short stipules
and leaves, few pairs of leaves per node and long petals and capsule relative to the length of the sepals.
However, the two species are quite distinct over much of the range of P. multicaulis and are usually
separated by habitat. In northern areas where P. multicaulis andP. corymbosaare sympatric, the latter
is typically a slender few-stemmed annual with longer more numerous leaves, longer floral parts and
lacks a hoary indumentum. A series of intermediate specimens mainly from western Queensland have
many hoary perennial stems, but these have longer leaves and more pairs of leaves per node. (e.g.Blake
9969, Ballingall 1654, Beeston 1250c, Bredillet s.n. Aug.1983, McDonald 2620, Palmer s.n. 1883,
Wauchope s.n. 10/2/1975 and Wilson 438 & Pickering). There are some short-lived perennial forms
of P. corymbosa from eastern Queensland and New South Wales with short floral parts, but in other
respects they are typical of P. corymbosa.

Northerly forms ofP. multicaulis have more strongly branched inflorescences than do forms from
south western Queensland. Some specimens from the Gulf of Carpentaria have reduced inflorescences
and appear intermediate between this species and P. incana (Brass 415 and Brass s.n. Gilbert River).
Everist 5292 may represent an undescribed species. It has the floral tube and longer floral parts of
P . tenax but the inflorescence of P. multicaulis and the more numerous leaves of P. corymbosa.
Another specimen of P. corymbosa from nearCooktown (Bredillet s.n. August 1983) has the perennial
habit of P. multicaulis.

P. tenax I.D. Cowie, sp. nov.

P. incana affinis, a qua differt inflorescentiis habeas paucifloribus, tubus flore praesens, partibus
floribus longioribus et capsula ellipsoidea ad urceolata.

Typus: Nabarlek, Northern Territory, 26 April 1979, B. Rice 3206 (holo: DNA!; iso: BRI, CANB!).

328

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

An erect perennial to 10 cm tall. Stems numerous, hoary with branched crisped septate hairs;
internodes 2-4 mm long. Stipules hyaline, 1.8-3 mm long, triangular, midrib present, glabrate to
cobwebbed, margins ciliate, apex attenuate. Cauline leaves opposite, occasionally in several pairs at
nodes, linear, 2-3 mm long, 0.3 mm wide, glabrous to woolly with branched or unbranched crisped
septate hairs. Inflorescence terminal, solitary on stem, compact, 1 -several flowered, subtended by 1
pair of leaves; bracts stipule-like, 3-3.5 mm long, bifid; pedicels 0.5-2 mm long. Sepals hyaline,
lanceolate, 3.2-5 mm long, midrib present, glabrous to cobwebbed, margin ciliate, apex acute. Petals
reddish, connate with stamens into a tube 0.5-1 mm long, oblong, 2.4-3.2 mm long, 0.6-0.8 times as
long as sepals, glabrous, apex rounded. Stamens 1. 6-2.7 mm long, 0.5-0.8 times as long as petals;
filaments 1 .6-2.5 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long; staminodes absent. Style 1-1.7 mm long; stigma
capitate. Capsule brown, narrowly ovoid to urceolate, 2.3-2.6 mm long, c. 0.5 times as long as calyx.
Seeds c. 30, pale brown, dimidiate in outline, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.2 mm wide, surface reticulate-areolate
or reticulate-foveolate with a minute reticulum. Figures IF-G, 2J-L.

Other specimens examined. NORTHERN TERRITORY: Deaf Adder Gorge, 13° 07' S, 1 32° 56' E,
I.R. Telford 7968 & J.W. Wrigley (CANB); 14.5 km NE of Jabiru East, 12° 33' S, 132° 59' E,
M. Lazarides 9017 (CANB, DNA); Nabarlek, 12° 30' S, 133° 21’ E, R. Hinz 165 (DNA); 44 km SE
Oenpelli, 12° 34' S, 133° 23' E,P.^. Late 7837 (DNA); Arnhem Land, 12°51'S, 133° 32' E, RAT. Late
2994 (DNA); Cadell River, 12° 39' S, 134° 18' E, D.E Symon 7888 (AD).

Distribution. Endemic to the Northern Territory in northern parts of Kakadu National Park and
adjacent areas of western Arnhem Land.

Habitat. Grows in crevices in sandstone platforms.

Flowering and fruiting. Between February and July.

Conservation status. Not rare or threatened.

Discussion. Vegetatively this species is very similar to P. incana but is readily distinguished by the
few-flowered inflorescences, presence of a floral tube, longer floral parts and narrowly ovoid to
urceolate capsule (see also notes under P. multicaulis).

Comments on other species

Polycarpaea breviflora F. Muell., Rep. pi. Babbage’s Exped. 9 (1859).- Polycarpon breviflorum
(F. Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. gen. pi. 1 :51 (1891). - Polycarpaea corymbosa var. breviflora (F. Muell.)
Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89; 101 (1925). Type: Gulf of Carpentaria, F. Mueller (holo: MEL).

P. brevianthera Ewart & Cookson, FI. N. Territory 109 (1917). Type: Roper River, N.T., 1911,
Vf. Baldwin Spencer (holo: MEL).

P . fnVofoa Ewart & Cookson, FI. N. Territory 109(1917). Type: Georgina River, Qld, 1889, A. Henry
(holo: MEL).

P . parviflora Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:100 (1925). Type: Cloncurry, Qld, Feb. 1910, Domin (holo:
PR) n.v.

I.D. Cowie, Polycarpaea

329

P. synandra \a.T. gracilis Benth., FI. Austral. 1:165 (1863). -P. breviflora var.graci7/5'(Benth.)Pedley,
Austrobaileya 1:60 (1977). Type: Port Essington, Apr. 268/1818, A. Cunningham (isolecto: MEL),
fide L. Pedley, Austrobaileya 1:60 (1977).

This species exhibits some variation in floral colouration and compactness of the inflorescence.
The extremes of the variation have been recognised as varieties by Pedley (1977). Variety breviflora
was distinguished by the spreading inflorescence and white, ovate sepals while var. gracilis was
distinguished by the compact inflorescence and white, narrowly ovate sepals with a distinct purplish
midrib. However, there are also extreme forms with very open inflorescences and purplish midribs,
with more or less continuous variation between all the extremes. Some forms have hyaline rather than
white sepals. The species is closely related to and is not clearly distinguished from P. spirostylis in
inland western Queensland and adjacent areas of the central Northern Territory, from where there are
a series of specimens with sepals in the 4 to 5 mm size range. However, the two species appear to be
distinct in coastal areas of the Northern Territory. Specimens with sepals 4.5 mm long or less have
been retained as P. breviflora. A detailed morphometric analysis may help resolve problems in
P. spirostylis and P. breviflora.

Polycarpaea corymbosa (L.) Lam., 111. Gen. Encycl. 2:\29 {1191). - Achy ranthes corymbosah., Sp.
PI. 205 (1753). Type: Ceylon [Sri Lanka], Herb. Herman (lecto: BM)rt.v.,/idc W.B. Turrill, FI. Trop.
E. Africa (1956).

P. diversifolia Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:102 (1925). Type: between Ashburton and Yule River,
Western Australia, E. Clement n.v.

P. corymbosa var. minor Pedley, Austrobaileya 1:52 (1977). Type: Darling Downs, Queensland,
Pedley 1234 (iso: CANB).

P. var. Pedley, Austrobaileya 1:52(1977). Type: Badu Is., Queensland, B/c/t 83

(holo: BRI).

This species has a pantropical distribution and in Australia there appear to be several forms. The
most common and widespread of these has filiform, glabrous leaves which are relatively few at nodes;
usually entire sepals without a distinct midrib and large cymes. A distinctive ecotype occurs on
sandstone substrates in the western Top End of the Northern Territory and is generally smaller in stature
with densely whorled, short, flat, hairy, narrowly oblanceolate leaves, sparser inflorescences and
ciliate, ribbed sepals. Another form found around the Gulf of Carpentaria and on islands of Torres
Straight has long, narrowly ovoid fruit and subcylindrical seeds. In the past, specimens from this area
with short internodes and more distinct midribs, some with the above fruit and seed characters have
been referred to P. corymbosa var. torrensis. Perennial forms with relatively small flowers and often
with reddish sepals and a more dense indumentum occur in some inland areas and grade into
P . multicaulis. Some of these have been referred toP. corymbosa var. m/nor which was distinguished
by the smaller flowers and reddish bases on the sepals. Turrill ( 1956) working on east African material
noted that the species is extremely variable and commented that it appears “of doubtful value to give
names to slight variants until modern methods of synthetic taxonomy.. .have been applied to the whole
group”. These comments could equally well apply to P. spirostylis and some other species.

Polycarpaea diversifolia is here regarded as a synonym of P. corymbosa. Pedley ( 1 977) stated that
the two species differ in that P. diversifolia is annual and has obscure folds inside the petals at the base
(a minute corona). He used as a key character the presence of persistent, broad basal leaves. However,

330

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

P. corymbosa in northern Australia is nearly always annual and has a minute corona. Also, there are
a number of shorter specimens of P. corymbosa in which the basal leaves have persisted (e.g. Evans
364\-, Fryxell & Craven 407S-,Latz9490, 10696', A.S. Mitchell 230, 7 14, 1203). 952, the only

specimen of P. diversifolia which Pedley cited (apart from the type) is clearly one of these. Basal leaves
are sometimes persistent in other Australian species (e.g. P. arida, P. holtzei, P. involucrata) as well
as the east African P. eriantha (Turrill 1956) but are of little taxonomic significance. Also, both
Pedley ’ s and Domin’ s descriptions of P. diversifolia are otherwise consistent with that of P. corymbosa.

Polycarpaea involucrata F. Muell., Rep. pi. Babbage’s Exped. 9 {\%59). Lectotypc. Sturt’s Creek and
Upper Victoria River, March 1 856, F. Mueller (MEL 49074) lecto. nov.

This species has affinities with P. arida, P. incana and P. microceps, but is distinguished by the
annual habit; sessile, capitate inflorescences which are both axillary and terminal; flowers consistently
on short pedicels; and oblanceolate, hairy leaves which are in several pairs at nodes. Several
intergrading forms of the species are known. Diminutive forms with smaller floral parts occur in the
northern Kimberley. A few of these have hoary stems and are perennial (e.g. Cowie 4357), and one
(Fryxell 4726) in part lacks axillary inflorescences and approaches P. incana. West of Mitchell Falls,
these diminutive annual and hoary perennial forms have been observed growing side by side. Some
small flowered specimens also have red-brown bracts and sepals. Further collecting of these forms is
needed.

In central Australia, where P. involucrata is sympatric with P. arida, there is a distinct form of
P. involucrata with slightly more open inflorescences than the typical form. The two species occur in
different habitats with P. involucrata occurring in crevices on sandstone outcrops (as elsewhere) and
P. arida on flat country on areas receiving local run-on water.

Polycarpaea spirostylis F. Muell., Rep. pi. Babbage’s Exped. 8 (1859). - Polycarpon spirostyle
(F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. gen. pi. 1:51 (1891). Type: Tropical Australia, F. Mueller (holo: MEL).

P. synandra F. Muell., Rep. pi. Babbage’ s Exped. 8 ( 1 859). - Polycarpon synandrus (F.Muell.) Kuntze,
Revis. gen. pi. 1:51 (1891). Lectotype: Victoria River, 1855-56, F. Mueller (lower, right-hand
specimen of MEL 49121) (MEL) lecto. nov.

P. synandra vdiT.densifloraB&nih., FI. Austral. 1 :165 (1863). - P. spirostylis subsp. densiflora (Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 1:59 (1977). Type: Cape Flinders, [14°08'S, 144° 14E], July 131/1819,
A. Cunningham (lecto: K),fide L. Pedley, Austrobaileya 1:59 (1977), n.v.

P. burtoniiF.M. Bailey, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 1:85 (1885). - P. spirostylis \ at. burtonii (Bailey)
Domin,Biblioth.Bot. 89:99(1925). ^ynfypej: Walsh Range, between the Tate River and Thornborough,
Qld, R.C. Burton (BRI n.v.; isosyn: MEL 49038); Herberton, Stuart (BRI n.v.)

P. spirostylis vat. intercedensDomm, Biblioth. Bot. 89:100 (1925). Type: Walsh R., Qld, Feb. 1910,
Domin (holo: PR) n.v.

P. spirostylis var. intricata Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:100 (1925). Type: Burketown, Qld, L.C. Ball
(holo: PR) n.v.

I.D. Cowie, Polycarpaea

331

P. spirostylis var. rosulans Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:100 (1925). Type: Chillago, Qld, Feb. 1910,
Domin (holo: PR) n.v.

P. glabra White & Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 37:152 (1926). - P. spirostylis subsp. glabra
(White & Francis) Pedley, Austrobaileya 1:58 (1977). Type: Dugald silver-lead lodes, Cloncurry
District, Queensland, J.B. Miller, 16th April 1924, n.v.

P. gamopetala Berhaut, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) ser. 2, 25:210 (1953). Type: Senegal. Ex. herb.
DC., Herb. Moquin-Tandon (holo: PR) n.v.

P. spirostylis subsp. compacta Pedley, Austrobaileya 1 :59 (1977). Type: Croydon, Queensland, Speck
4720 (iso: CANB, MEL).

Mueller gave the type localities for P. synandra as “Wirrawirraloo. Also in Arnhem’s Land and
in other parts of tropical Australia.” The Wirrawirraloo specimen was not located by Pedley (1977)
although he discussed a sheet at MEL (MEL 4912). The Victoria River specimen on that sheet is almost
certainly another syntype, since that locality lies within Mueller’s concept of Arnhem Land, is
annotated as P. synandra by Mueller and was collected by him several years prior to publication of the
description of that species. This specimen also fits the description given by Mueller. Although the
Wonamulla specimen on the same sheet is probably from about 150 km north-west of Wirrawirraloo
(Pedley 1977), there is no evidence that it predates the description of P. synandra.

Although P. spirostylis is variable in flower size, lobing of the petals and compactness of the
inflorescence, no sharp discontinuity in the variation is apparent and circumscription of the previously
recognised subspecies is regarded as arbitrary. The apex of the petals varies continuously from deeply
bifid in the northern Northern Territory to entire in some parts of north Queensland. Lobing of the petals
also tends to be less pronounced in specimens with smaller flowers. Although some forms have more
compact inflorescences, this character has little geographical basis and is not correlated with the lobing
of the petals, with flower size, degree of colouration or vegetative characters. Specimens from more
southerly and more inland localities tend to have shorter flowers, although all sizes of flowers can be
found in some northern areas. Sepal length reaches a maximum in populations from Cape York (13
mm) with specimens from the Top End of the Northern Territory reaching 9.7 mm.

Polycarpaea violacea (Mart.) Benth., R. Austral. 1 : 1 65 (1863). -Aylmeria violacea Mart., Nova Acta
Phys.-Med. Nat. Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 13:277 (1826). - Achyranthes violacea (Mart.)
Sprengel, Syst. veg. 4(2):102 (1827). - Polycarpon violaceum (Mart.) Kuntze, Revis. gen. pi. 1:51
(1891). Type: Croker Is., Northern Territory, 1818, A. Cunningham 267 (iso: BRI, MEL).

Aylmeria rosea Mart., Nova Acta Phys.-Med. Nat. Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 13:277 (1826).
-Achyranthes rosea (Mart.) Sprengel, Syst. veg. 4(2): 103 (1827). Type: Ex herb, Lambert, n.v.

P./a/Zox Pedley, Austrobaileya 1:51 (1977), nom. illeg., non J. Gay ex Oliver, FI. T. Af. 1:145 (1868).
Type: Port Bradshaw, Northern Territory, July 1948, R. Specht 708 (holo: BRI; iso: MEL).

Colourless forms of this species have been described as P.fallax by Pedley (1977) who separated
P. violacea by its glabrous stems, shorter capsule and coloured sepals. However, the supposed lack of
an indumentum in P. violacea appears to be an error as Bentham stated that the stems are hairy and of

332

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

the five specimens cited by Pedley the four seen (including the isotypes) have hairy stems. All other
material with reddish sepals which had been referred to P. violacea also has hairy stems.

Pedley (1977) also separated the species on capsule length which he gave as c. 1/3 the length of the
corolla in P. violacea and at least 1/2 the length of the corolla in P. fallax. However, the type of
P. violacea has capsules subequal in length to the petals and in almost all mature specimens of both
major colour forms the capsule is more than 2/3 the length of the petals. Some specimens of both major
colour forms have immature fruit and this may well be the basis of the supposed difference.

Sepal colour was also used to separate the two species but as a character in isolation is not sufficient
to maintain the species as separate. Colouration of sepals ranges from occasionally almost completely
coloured (Wightman 370, 3441 ; Hinz 27), through partly coloured (coloured tops and hyaline bases -
common) to completely hyaline (also common). There are occasional intermediate forms where the
sepals are hyaline with coloured midribs (Cowie 2769, 2921) or where coloured and hyaline flowers
occur in the same inflorescence (e.g. McKean B486, Wightman 3827, Musprat2948). At a gross level
the ranges of both major colour forms largely overlap, although they rarely grow together. Coloured
forms occur in near-coastal areas of the Top End of the Northern Territory, while colourless forms
occur across the entire range of the species.

The compactness of the inflorescence and staminode length also varies. Forms from the Kimberley
and Victoria River regions have less compact inflorescences and longer staminodes than those from
the northern and eastern Northern Territory.

Acknowledgements

Clyde Dunlop and Greg Leach provided valuable advice in the preparation of this paper and in
addition to L.G. Adams constructively criticised earlier drafts. Specimens housed at AD, BRI, CANB,
NSW, MEL and PERTH, and type specimens housed at CANB and MEL were examined. The loan
of specimens by the curators of these institutions is gratefully acknowledged. Guidance in the use of
the scanning electron microscope at the Northern Territory University was provided by Niels
Monksgaard. Monika Madsen prepared the illustration.

References

Bentham, G. (1863). “Flora Australiensis.” vol. 1. (Reeve: London.)

Briggs, J. & Leigh, J. (1988). “Rare or Threatened Australian Plants.” Special Publication No. 14. (Australian National Parks
& Wildlife Service: Canberra.)

Domin, K. (1925). Caryophyllaceae. Biblioth. Bot. 89:98-104.

Kuntze, O. (1891). “Revisio generum plantarum.” (Leipzig)

Lamark, J.B.A.P.M. (1792). Journal d’histoire naturelle. 2:3,5.

Mueller, F. (1858). “Report on the plants collected during Mr. Babbage’s expedition into the north-west interior of South
Australia.” (Government Printer: Melbourne.)

Pedley, L. (1977). Polycarpaea (Caryophyllaceae) in Australia. AusUobaileya 1:49-62.

Plumb, T.W. (ed) (1977). “Atlas of Australian Resources”. (Department of Natural Resources: Canberra.)

Rickett, H.W . & Stafleu, F.A. (1959). Nomina generica conservanda et rejicienda Spermatophytorum II. Taxon 8(8):256-274.
Turrill, W.B. (1956). Caryophyllaceae. Flora of Tropical East Africa. (Crown Agents: London.)

Nuytsia 9 (3): 333-341 (1994)

333

New taxa of Verticordia (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae) from
Western Australia

Elizabeth A. George' and Alex S. George^

‘18 Halwest Way, Alexander Heights, Western Australia 6064
^‘Four Gables’, 18 Barclay Road, Kardinya, Western Australia 6163

Abstract

Elizabeth A. George and Alex S. George. New taxa of Verticordia (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae)
from Western Australia. Nuytsia 9 (3): 333-341 (1994). Four recently discovered new taxa are
described and discussed: Verticordia aereiflora, V. apecta, V. x eurardyensis (a presumed hybrid
between V. dichroma and V. spicata) and V. luteola var. rosea.

Introduction

Following the publication of a review of Verticordia (A.S. George 1991), no further new taxa were
recognised until the 1993-94 season, when the following were found by observers assisting the first
author to prepare a book on the genus. All occur in the South-West Botanical Province of Western
Australia and are restricted in distribution. Re-examination of material previously referred to
Verticordia dichroma necessitated redetermination of two collections as the new species V. aereiflora.
Verticordia now contains 100 species and 43 infraspecific taxa (autonyms excepted). These
discoveries are further evidence of the need for continuing survey of this floristically rich region.

Verticordia aereiflora E.A. George & A.S. George, sp. nov. (subg. Eperephes, sect. Pennuligera)
(Figure 1)

Ad Verticordiam chrysostachidem Meisner affinis, sed foliis minoribus, floribus flavis et rufis
minoribus in turmis 1-3, et petalis minoribus, differt; etiam ad V. dichromam A.S. George affinis, sed
floribus turmis 1-3, pedunculis longioribus, petalis minoribus, staminibus brevioribus, et styli barbae
pilis brevioribus, differt.

Typus: NE of Yuna, Western Australia, 1 1 Dec. 1993, E.A. George 527A-B &B. Moyle (holo: PERTH
03461254; iso: CANB).

Slender shrub to 1 m, without lignotuber. Leaves orbicular, obtuse, 2-2.5 mm long, ascending to
spreading, concave, entire, prominently glandular, with dark brown petiole 0.3-0.4 mm long. Flowers
solitary or in groups of 2 or 3, but often several groups along one branchlet; peduncles 2-3 mm long,
thickened below flower; bracteoles very concave, 3.5 mm long, scarious, cuspidate, entire but margin

334

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

often broken at an thesis, persistent, yellow in lower half grading to deep red in upper half. Hypanthium
broadly turbinate, 2.5 mm long, glabrous, prominently 5-ribbed; reflexed green appendages cuneate,
obtusely rounded, 1 mm long, thick. greenish yellowto yellow withadeep red orreddish bronze

fringe, horizontal, 4-4.5 mm long, the lamina transversely elliptic, 1 mm long, 2.5 mm wide; lobes 8-10,
fimbriate; reflexed lobes pale yellow with red fringe, orbicular, auriculate on prominent concave stalk,
scarious, fimbriate, c. 4 mm long, 5 mm wide, concealing hypanthium. Petals yellow with red spots,
erect, concave, crown-like and closed around style after anthesis, ovate, 4.5-5 mm long, the lamina
2.5-3 mm long, 2-2.3 mm wide, fimbriate, deeply so across apex; auricles small. Stamens at firstcurved
inwards but then recurved and the anthers opening outwards, 1.8-2 mm long, united with staminodes
for c. 1/2 length; anthers 0.5-0.6 mm long, staminodes 2-2.3 mm long, linear, the free part prominently
glandular, abruptly narrowed and acute. Style pink with red apex, curved to lower side of flower, then
sigmoid towards apex, 6-7 mm long, thick; beard unilateral, dense, over c. 1 mm below apex on outside
of curve; hairs c. 0.2 mm long. Ovules 8 or 9.

Distribution and habitat. Occurs north-east of Yuna (Figure 3). Grows in yellow sand on the lower
slopes of sand dunes and in the intervening swale, in open shrubland with Grevillea candelabroides,
Grevillea gordoniana, Hakea bucculenta, Eucalyptus, Acacia, Scholtzia etc.

Flowering period. November-December.

Other collections examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: near Yuna, 6 Dec. 1959, C.A. Gardner 12041
(PERTH); East Yuna Reserve, 15 Dec. 1968, A.C. Burns 128 (PERTH); type locality, E.A. George
522 A-D, 525, 526 & B. Moyle (PERTH).

Conservation status. CALM Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority Two - Poorly
Known Taxa. The population at the type locality extends over c. 1 kilometre and contains c. 200 plants.
It is on a farm but is protected by the owners. The two other localities have not been sought out.

Etymology. The specific epithet is from the Latin aereuy - bronze and/loy - a flower, in reference to
the colour of the flowers. The combination of red and yellow gives an overall impression of bronze.

Discussion. Verticordia aereiflora is in subg. Eperephes, sect. Pennuligera, and is related on the one
hand to V. chrysostachys Meisner and on the other to V. dichroma A.S. George. It differs from both
in the small groups of flowers (1-3) and smaller petals. It differs further from V. chrysostachys in the
yellow and red colour and the smaller leaves. From V. dichroma it also differs in the longer peduncles,
shorter stamens and short hairs of the style beard. Neither relative has been found close to the locality
where the new species occurs.

In the Key to species given in George (1991), this species and V. x eurardyensis (described below)
would key out to couplet 93, which should be modified as follows:

93a Style hairs 0.2-0.5 mm long

94a Peduncles 2.5-4 mm long; flowers golden or pale yellow V. chrysostachys

94b Peduncles 0.5-2 mm long, sometimes to 3 mm; flowers cream to silvery

pink, pink-maroon, maroon, magenta, or yellow and deep red to bronze

95a Leaves 1-4 mm long; flowers pink-maroon, maroon, magenta, or yellow
and deep red to bronze; style curved, sigmoid or geniculate below apex

Elizabeth A. George and Alex S, George, Verticordia

335

95aa Peduncles 0.5 mm long V. x eurardyensis

95bb Peduncles 1.5-2 mm long

95aaa Flowers pink-maroon; ; stamens 3.5 mm long; style 5 mm long;

Perenjori to Wongan Hills and Bencubbin V. venusta

95bbb Flowers yellow and deep red to bronze; stamens 1.8-2 mm long;

style 6-7 mm long; north of lower Murchison River V. aereiflora

95b Leaves 4-7 mm long; flowers cream to silvery pink; style straight V. argentea

93b Style hairs 0.7- 1.2 mm long

Verticordia apecta E.A. George & A.S. George, sp. nov. (subg. Verticordia, sect. Catocalypta)
(Figure 1)

Ab Verticordia inclusa A.S. George hypanthio brevissime pubescente, sepalis auriculisque
sparsiore fimbriatis, petalis profundiore fimbriatis, staminodiis minus fimbriatis, stylo breviter
barbato, et laminis lobisque sepalorum et petalorum roseis, praecipue differt.

Typus: Sheepwash Reserve, off Spencer Road, SW of Mount Barker, Western Australia, 34° 47' S,
117° 34' E, 16 Nov. 1993, E.A. George 494A-D, T. AnnelsScC. Vellios {holo: PERTH 03461246; iso:
CANB, K, MEL).

A slender, erect shrub with 1 stem to 45 cm tall, ?with lignotuber. Lower leaves linear, triquetrous,
obtuse, often minutely mucronate, 3-9 mm long; stem leaves narrowly elliptic, obtuse but minutely
mucronate, c. 7 mm long; floral leaves elliptic to obovate, triquetrous, obtuse. Flowers few, in upper
axils. PczfMnc/ej9- 19 mm long, ascending, thickened upwards. Bracteoles not cuspidate. Hypanthium
broadly turbinate, 1.5 mm long, 10-ribbed, shortly and finely pubescent; top of hypanthium finely
pitted. Sepals deep pink including main lobes, the finer fringe segments white, widely spreading but
main lobes upturned, 4 mm long overall; lamina semi-elliptic, c. 1 mm long, 2 mm wide ; fringe finely
scabrid; auricles on broad claw, the upturned lamina semi-orbicular, deeply fimbriate, exceeding
hypanthium. Petals deep pink, the finer fringe lobes white, 4 mm long overall, spreading with upturned
fringe; lamina transversely semi-orbicular, deeply lacerate with 4-6 main lobes and many smaller ones;
lamina 1 mm long, 1 .8 mm wide. Stamens and staminodes united for c. 0.5 mm; stamens 0.8-1 mm
long, glabrous; anthers 0.5-0. 7 mm long, strongly incurved, depressed-globular with lateral shallow
vertical grooves, and with small obtuse umbonate apical appendage; staminodes 3.5 mm long,
irregularly lacerate, otherwise glabrous. Style erect, 0.3 mm long, with short hairs around stigma;
stigma slightly enlarged. Ovules 2, laterally attached at base of ovary.

Distribution and habitat. Known only from the type locality (Figure 3). Grows in sandy clay with loam
and broken granite, on an upper west-facing slope in Eucalyptus wandoo low open woodland and low
open shrubland.

Flowering period. November.

Conservation status. CALM Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority Two - Poorly
Known Taxa. Known only from the type collection which is from a population of c. 30 plants.

Etymology. The specific epithet is taken from the Greek apektos - uncombed, unkempt, in reference
to the somewhat untidy appearance of the flowers.

336

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Figure 1. A-C Verticordia aereiflora. A - flowering branchlet (xl); B - flower with 2 sepals and petals removed,
bracteoles intact (x3); C - style (x3). D-G Verticordia apecta. D - flowering branchlet (xl); E - flower with 2 sepals
and petals and part of hypanthium removed (x3); F - petal (x4); G - a stamen and 2 staminodes (x6), Drawn by Margaret
Pieroni.

Elizabeth A. George and Alex S. George, Verticordia

337

Discussion. Verticordia apecta is in subg. Verticordia, sect. Catocalypta, and is related most closely
to V. inclusa A.S. George. It differs from that species in its spindly habit, its very shortly pubescent
hypanthium, its shortly bearded style, its more sparsely fimbriate sepals (and their auricles), its more
deeply fimbriate petals, its less fimbriate staminodes, and tbe pink colouration of tbe sepab and petals.
It grows some distance (c. 2(X) km) WSW of the nearest population of V. inclusa (near itzgerald).
There is a strong superficial resemblance to V. habrantha (which occurs at the type locality) in habit,
leaves and floral arrangement, but the shortly bearded style and fimbriate, pink petals readily
distinguish it from that species. It is likely that there are further populations in appropriate habitats,
especially to the west and north-west.

In the Key to species given in George (1991), this species would key out to couplet 47, which should
be modified as follows:

47a Style with lateral beard or with a ring of short hairs just below stigma

48a Style 0.3 mm long, with ring of hairs below stigma V. apecta

48b Style 4.5-7 mm long, with a lateral beard V. pritzelii, V. lehmannii

47b Style glabrous or very shortly pubescent at base V. habrantha etc.

Verticordia xeurardyensisE.A.George& A.S. George, sp. {\o\.(subg.Eperephes, scct.Pennuligera)
(Figure 2)

Species nova, verosimiliter originis hybridae inter Verticordiam dichromam A.S. George var.
dichromam et V. spicatam F. Muell. subsp. spicatam, ab ambobus floribus magentis vel atro-rubris
distinguibilis. Ab V. dichroma foliis angustioribus confertioribus, pedunculis brevioribus, hypanthii
appendiculis longioribus acutis, sepalorum lobis angustioribus acutis, petalis latioribus etiam differt.
Ab V. spicata foliis minus confertis, hypanthio majore, et styli pilis longioribus, etiam differt.

Typus: Eurardy Station, 28 km N of Galena Bridge [North West Coastal Hwy], Western Australia, 22
Nov. 1992, E.A. George 437 with N. & P. Moyle and M. Quiche (holo: PERTH 02838893).

Ashrubtoc. 1 m tall, with lignotuber, much-branched. 5/ew /eaves spathulate or obovate to elliptic,
concave, 1-4 mm long; margins narrow, translucent, erose to minutely ciliate. Floral leaves similar to
stem leaves but wider. Flowers spreading, crowded in spike-like groups, faintly scented. Peduncles
c. 0.5 mm long. Bracteoles obscurely keeled, cuspidate, persistent. Hypanthium turbinate, c. 3 mm
long, prominently 5-ribbed, rugose, glabrous; reflexed appendages present, very thick, one- to
two-thirds the length of the hypanthium. Sepals 4.5-5 mm long, spreading, dark magenta to maroon;
lobes 8-11, plumose, the midribs 0. 1-0.3 mm wide, acuminate; auricles present, broad, deeply fringed,
as long as hypanthium. Petals 2.5-3 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, orbicular, scarcely auriculate, erect,
similar to sepals in colour or slightly paler; fringe c. 2 mm long, the segments acute. Stamens and
staminodes united; stamens uniform, incurved, 2 mm long; filaments terete, swollen below anthers,
smooth, glabrous; anthers oblong, opening by slits, 0.5 mm long; appendage none; staminodes terete,
acute, incurved, as long as stamens, sparsely glandular-verrucose. Style 5. 5-6.5 mm long, geniculate
below apex, bearded all round, sometimes more densely so on one side, with hairs to 0.5 mm long;
stigma slightly enlarged. Ovules 7 or 8.

Distribution and habitat. Known only from the type locality on Eurardy [pastoral] Station, N of
Northampton (Figure 3). Grows in yellow sand over clay overlying rock, along shallow drainage line
with Actinostrobus arenarius and low heath.

338

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Figure 2. A, B, C, F, I - Verticordia x eurardyensis. D, G, J - F, spicata subsp. spicata. E, H, K - V. dichroma var.
dichroma. A - flowering branchlet (xl); B - flower, with 2 sepals and petals and half the androecium removed (x3);
C-E - hypanthium (x3); F-H - petal (x3); 1-K - style (x3). Drawn by Margaret Pieroni.

Flowering period. October-November.

Other collections examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Type locality, 30 Nov. 1992, Margaret
Quiche 6-10 (PERTH).

Conservation status. CALM Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority One - Poorly
Known Taxa.. There are 30 plants over a distance of 3-4 km. The location is on a pastoral lease but
is protected by the present lessees.

Etymology. Epithet formed from the name of the pastoral station on which the species occurs, with the
Latin suffix -ensis indicating origin or place.

Elizabeth A. George and Alex S. George, Verticordia

339

Discussion. This new plant was discovered by Margaret and Bruce Quicke in November 1992.
Searches have located 27 plants, of which two occur in undisturbed vegetation about 30 m apart and
some 30 m from a firebreak. The remainder occur in an area adjacent to the firebreak that was cleared
in 1985-86 but then left to regenerate. Both presumed parents - V. dichroma var. dichroma and
V. spicata subsp. spicata - occur with the hybrids. The hybrid plants are morphologically intermediate
between the parents, are relatively uniform, and show no indication of back-crossing with either parent.
The magenta to maroon flowers are distinctive (deep red or deep red and yellow in V. dichroma, pale
to dark pink in V. spicata).

From V. dichroma the new species differs in having more crowded, narrower leaves, shorter
peduncles, a smaller hypanthium with more acute appendages, sepals with narrower acute lobes, and
smaller, broader petals. From V. spicata it may be distinguished by the less crowded leaves, larger
hypanthium, longer fringe to the petals and differently coloured flowers, V. spicata having flowers that
usually open pale pink to almost white and become deeper pink with age.

Both presumed parents are in subg. Eperephes but V. spicata is in sect. Verticordella and
V. dichroma in sect. Pennuligera. For both species, n = 1 1 (Tyagi et al. 1991).

Many non-lignotuberous species of the genus germinate prolifically in burnt or once-disturbed sites
but tend to die out after some years and persist as soil-borne seed awaiting the next disturbance event.
Since V. x eurardyensis has a lignotuber it should persist now that it is established in the firebreak area.

Presumed hybrids previously recorded in the genus have been either single plants or hybrid swarms
showing great variation indicating probable backcrossing (George 1991).

In the Key to species given in George (1991), this species would key out to couplet 93; for the
required modification, see above under V. aereiflora.

Verticordia luteola A.S. George var. rosea E.A. George & A.S. George, var. nov.

Ab Verticordia luteola sensu typico floribus roseis; foliis, petalorum fimbriis et androecio parum
majoribus; et florescentia serotiniore, differt.

Typus: W of Brand Hwy, S of Arrowsmith R., Western Australia, 8 Jan. 1994, E.A. George 542G,
M. Pieroni &A. Tinker (holo: PERTH 03461130).

Slender shrub to 2 m, without lignotuber. Stem leaves obovate on broad base, shortly cuspidate,
± erect, 3-4 mm long, shortly ciliate; leaves of lateral branchlets similar but crowded and more
spreading, 2-2.5 mm long; floral leaves similar to stem leaves but wider. Flowers in elongating
racemes. Peduncles 1-2 mm long. Bracteoles cuspidate, falling before anthesis. Hypanthium
turbinate, 2.5-3 mm long, deeply 5-ribbed, scarcely rugose; reflexed green appendages obtuse to
almost acute, c. 1-1.5 mm long. Sepals greenish pink with silver fringe, turning lemon-cream and
brown, spreading, 4.5-5.5 mm long; lamina transversely elliptic, 1 mm long, 2 mm wide; main lobes
7 or 8, deeply fimbriate. Petals bright pink with pale pink to white fringe, turning cream or brownish,
erect, obovate, 6-6.5 mm long; lamina 3-3.5 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, fimbriate, the apical fringe itself
finely fringed. Stamens 1.5-2 mm long; anthers 0.5 mm long; staminodes 1-1.5 mm long, with
prominent oil glands, acute. Style 5-6 mm long, densely bearded over c. 1 mm, the longest (lowest)
hairs 0.4-0.5 mm long. Ovules 5 or 6.

340

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Figure 3. Distribution of Verticordia aereiflora (■), V. apecta (♦), V. x eurardyensis (Q) and V. luteola var. rosea (A).

Distribution and habitat. Occurs to the north and south of Eneabba (Figure 3). Grows on plain in deep
white sand, in shrubland vy'xth Eucalyptus todtiana, Banksia attenuata, Banksia menziesii, Xylomelum
angustifolium, Calothamnus etc.

Flowering period. December-January.

Other collection examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Type locality, 12Dec. 1993, E.A. George529,
542A-F, H, I, M. Pieroni & A.Tinker (PERTH).

Conservation status. CALM Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority One - Poorly
Known Taxa The population extends over c. 6 km.

Etymology. The varietal epithet is taken from the Latin roseus - pink, in reference to the flower colour.

Discussion. The publication of this taxon creates the autonym V. luteola A. S. George var. luteola.
V ar . rosea differs from typical var. luteola essentially in its pink flowers that open about a month later
than those of var. luteola. The leaves are slightly larger (2.5-3. 5 mm in var. luteola), the petal fringe
longer (2-2.5 mm in var. luteola) and the stamens and staminodes longer (1.5 mm and 1 mm
respectively in var. luteola). The locality is to the west and south-west of the distribution of var.
luteola.

Elizabeth A. George and Alex S. George, Verticordia

341

In the Key to species given in George (1991), this taxon would key out to couplet 78, which should

be modified as follows:

78a Sepals auriculate; stamens 3 mm long V. bifimbriata

78b Sepals not auriculate; stamens 1.5-2 mm long

79a Hypanthium 2 mm long; reflexed appendages merging into hypanthium;

sepals and style 4 mm long; Mogumber-Regans Ford area V. paludosa

79b Hypanthium 2.5-3 mm long; reflexed appendages distinct, flap-like;

sepals 4. 5-5. 5 mm long; style 5-6 mm long; Eneabba-Three Springs area V. luteola

Acknowledgments

Margaret and Bruce Quicke of Eurardy Station kindly brought V. x eumrdyensis to our attention
and assisted with field work. Jan and Norm Tunbridge of Caratti Farm near Yuna discovered the
population of V. aereiflora and allowed access to their property on several occasions. Alan Tinker, of
Western Flora Caravan Park, near Eneabba, brought V. luteola var. rosea to our attention and assisted
with field work. Tony Annels and Chris Velios, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
Manjimup, kindly provided transport to the population of V. apecta and assisted with field work. Pat
and Norm Moyle and Brian Moyle also assisted with field work and transport. The illustrations were
skilfully prepared by Margaret Pieroni. Constructive comments were received from two referees.

References

Briggs, J.D. & Leigh, J.H. (1988), “Rare or Threatened Australian Plants.” Revised edn. (Australian National Parks and
Wildlife Service, Canberra.)

George, A.S. (1991). New taxa, combinations and typifications in Verticordia (Myrtaceae Chamelaucieae). Nuytsia ?•
231-394.

Tyagi, A.P., McComb, J. & Considine, J. (1991). Cytogenetic and pollination studies in the genus Verticordia DC. Austral
J. Bot. 39: 261-272.

Nuytsia 9 (3): 343-349 (1994)

343

Stylidium costulatum (Stylidiaceae), a new tropical species of
triggerplant from the Kimberley, Western Australia and the
lectotypification of S. floodii

Kevin F. Kenneally' and Allen Lowrie^

‘Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152
^6 Glenn Place, Duncraig, Western Australia 6023

Abstract

Kenneally, Kevin F. and Lowrie, Allen. Stylidium costulatum(Sty\idiacsae:) a new tropical species
of triggerplant from the Kimberley, Western Australia and the lectotypification of S. floodii. Nuytsia
9 (3): 343-349 (1994). A new species of Stylidium (Stylidiaceae) from the Kimberley Region,
S. costulatum Lowrie and Kenneally is described and illustrated and S. floodii, its closest relative, is
lectotypified. The terms cunabulum (for the dilated part of the column) and torosus (for the mobile
column hinge) are proposed.

Introduction

A new species of tropical triggerplant, Stylidium costulatum, an apparent Kimberley endemic is
described in order to validate the name for use in a forthcoming book on the plants of Broome and the
Dampier Peninsula. It was referred to as a variant of S.floodiiF. Muell. in the “Flora of the Kimberley
Region” (Wheeler et al. 1992).

Its nearest relative appears to be the northern Australian tropical triggerplant S. floodii F. Muell.
{sensu lectotypification) described by Ferdinand von Mueller in 1859 from specimens that he
collected in the Roper River area of Northern Territory during A.C. Gregory’s North Australian
Exploring Expedition (July 1 855-December 1856). Examination of type material at the National
Flerbarium of Victoria (MEL) and the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (K) revealed that the collection
represents more than one taxon, necessitating lectotypification of S. floodii.

Taxonomy

Stylidium costulatum Kenneally and Lowrie, sp. nov. (Figures 1-3)

Differt a S. floodii labello glabro, appendicibus faucis binatis, columna dilatata lorata, hypanthio
manifeste costato, sepalis 5 duobus connatis.

344

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Figure 1 . Stylidium costulatum. A - flowering plant; B - leaf of basal tuft; C - hypanthium showing glandular hairs on ribs and
fusion of two sepals almost to apex; D - enlarged view of base of hypanthium showing helical ribs; E - corolla; F- enlarged section
of corollashowing throat appendages; G - enlarged section of corolla tube showing labellum on sinus; H - adaxial view of column
and anthers showing hinged portion (dotted) immediately below anthers, the dilated cunabulum with marginal papillae and the
sensitive torosus (stippled). Scale bar= 1 mm. All from M.D. Barrett 17 (PERTH).

Kevin F. Kenneally and Allen Lowrie, Stylidium costulatum

345

Typus: Wonganut Spring, 19 km ESE of Coulomb Point, Dampier Peninsula, 17°25'S 122°19'E,
Western Australia, 18 June 1984, K.F. Kenneally 9054/A (holo: PERTH 03058271; iso: MEL).

Erec/annual herb to 10 cm high; stem reddish, glabrous, lower leaves scattered and often caducous,
t/pper leaves in a terminal tuft which may appear basal when the stem is short. Leaver linear, 7-25 mm
long, c. 0.7 mm wide, glabrous, acute. Inflorescence of many cymose racemes, with 1 flower in the
fork, sparsely glandular-hairy. Scape reddish, slender, 20-80 mm long, glabrous at base, glandular-
hairy above. Bracts narrowly lanceolate, 1-4 mm long, usually acute; pedicels slender, 3-8 mm long.
Hypanthium obovoid, 2-2.5 mm long at anthesis, glandular-hairy along ribs, helically coiled upwards.
Sepals oblong to elliptic, 1.5-2 mm long, glandular-hairy, 2 fused almost to the apex, 3 free to base.
Corolla yellow, lobes vertically paired; anterior lobes orange at the tips, elliptic, 3 mm long, 1.5 mm
wide; posterior lobes obovate, 4 mm long, 2 mm wide; abaxial surface glandular-hairy. Throat
appendages 2, opposite. Labellum ovate, 0.4 mm long, 0.4 mm wide, attached to base of corolla tube
sinus. Column strap-like, 5.7 mm long, hinged below the anthers, with a dilated cunabulum bearing
short papillae along the margins above the sensitive torosus. Capsule obovoid, 4.5 mm long and 1 .2
mm wide, slightly compressed, with small, distinct, glandular- hairy ribs. Seeds light brownish orange,
0.2 mm long.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Coolabah Creek, Beverley Springs Station,
14 May 1992, M.D. Barrett 17 (PERTH); Wonganut Spring, 19 km ESE of Coulomb Point, Dampier
Peninsula, 1 8 June 1984,5.7. Forbes2372 (MEL, PERTH); ± 8 km W of Beverley Springs homestead,
12 August 1974, A.S. George 12254 (PERTH, CANB, K); 4 km E of Beagle Bay Mission, Dampier
Peninsula, 30 May 1985, J.B. Martin 20 (PERTH); Mt Barnett Station, adjacent main road, 13 April
1980, D.E. Symon 12088 (AD, CANB, PERTH).

Figure 2. Stylidium costulatum photographed at Coolabah Creek, Beverley Springs Station, north-west Kimberley.

R. Barrett 262 (PERTH).

346

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Figure 3. SEM photographs of a seed of S. costulalum showing the smooth surface and cells with ruminate margins.

From George 12254 (PERTH).

Distribution. Dampier and Fitzgerald Districts, Northern Botanical Province (Beard 1 980), extending
from Coulomb Point Nature Reserve north of Broome, east to Beverley Springs Station, north east of
Derby.

Ecology. In seasonally wet grasslands on sandy or clay soils, often adjacent to creeks or seasonally wet
areas.

Flowering period. April-August.

Conservation status. CALM Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority Three - Poorly
Known Taxa - known from several populations, at least some of which are not believed to be under
immediate threat (i.e. not currently endangered). This species appears to be widely distributed and at
least one population is known to occur in the Point Coulomb Nature Reserve.

Etymology. The specific epithet alludes to the small ribs on the hypanthium and capsule.

Notes. Stylidium costulatum differs fvomS. floodinn having a glabrous labellum (not glandular-hairy),
paired throat appendages (not crown-like), dilated strap-like column (not narrowed and tapered),
prominently ribbed hypanthium (not ribbed), and in having two fused sepals (not 5 free). The seed coat
of S. costulatum is smooth and has cells with ruminate margins. (Figure 3)

Both Carlquist (1978) and Wheeler ef a/. (1992) mention that Stylidium floodii and 5. desertorum
Carlq. are close. However, S. costulatum is differentiated from S. desertorum by the prominently
ribbed hypanthium, smaller flowers and leaves lacking the hair-like mucro.

Lectotypification of Stylidium floodii F. Muell.

There are four “type” sheets of Stylidium floodii F. Muell. known to us, two at the National
Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) and two at Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (K). Examination of these
“types” has shown an admixture of two distinct species on two of the sheets and the description by

Kevin F. Kenneally and Allen Lowrie, Stylidium costulatum

347

Mueller is based on both entities. We have chosen to lectotypify the name S.floodii F. Muell. on MEL
233150 as this sheet bears Mueller’s orginal handwritten label. The specimens on this sheet all
represent the one taxon and appear to be the taxon on which Mueller principally based his description.
It is our intention to revise the “S.floodii” complex at a later date when we will deal with the identity
of the element excluded from the type of S. floodii.

Taxonomy

Stylidium floodii F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 1:149 (1859). - Candollea floodii (F. Muell.)
F. Muell., Systematic census of Australian plants 86 (1883). (Figures 4 and 5)

Type citation: “Ad ripas glareoso-arenosas prope originem fluminis Victoriae et rivi Roper River”.
Lectotype (here selected): F. Mueller (MEL 233150). There are two handwritten labels on the sheet.
The top one in pencil in Mueller’s writing reads: “Stylidium Floodii, n. sp. Dry lagoons, tribut[ary]
of the Roper. 8.7.56”. The bottom label written in ink in Mueller’s writing reads: “Stylidium Floodii
F. V. Mueller. Dry lagoons on the Roper River, Gulf of Carpentaria”. Both labels have been annotated
on the back of their upper left corners with the letter “B” signifying that they had been seen by George
Bentham during his preparation of Stylidiaceae for volume 4 of Flora Australiensis (Figure 4).
Isolectotype: F. Mueller. “Stylidium Floodii f.v. Mueller. Roper River”. Herbarium Hookerianum
1867 (K).

Small slender annual sometimes branching at base, with a shortly elongated stem with scattered
leaves, often bearing a basal tuft of leaves (sometimes forming a tuft at point of secondary branching).
Leaves linear, 25 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, acuminate, glabrous. Inflorescence of few to numerous
filiform scapes forming a compound raceme. Scapes filiform, to 10.5 cm long, glandular-pilose.
Bracts very narrowly ovate, to 2 mm long, acute, usually glandular-pilose. Pedicels slender, 1-4 mm
long, glandular-pilose. Hypanthium narrowly turbinate, 1.2-2 mm long at anthesis. Sepals 5, free
to base, narrowly oblong 0.8- 1.2 mm long, glandular-hairy. Corolla, “beautifully red”, lobes
vertically paired; anterior lobes elliptic, 2 mm long, 0.6 mm wide; posterior lobes obovate, 3 mm long,
0.8 mm wide; abaxial surface densely glandular-hairy. Throat appendages 5, crown-like. Labellum
ovate, 0.4 mm long, 0.25 mm wide, glandular-hairy on margins and apex, attached to base of corolla
tube sinus. Column strap-like, 5 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, narrowing away from sensitive torosus,
abaxial surface slightly glandular-hairy towards the anthers. Capsule narrow-turbinate, 2.5-3.5 mm
long, 1-1.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy. Seeds brownish orange, 0.2 mm long.

Discussion

The type of Stylidium floodii was collected from the Roper River in the Northern Territory.
According to Mueller’s annotation on a Herbarium Hookerianum sheet at the Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew, it was first seen by Mr J. Flood (Mueller’s assistant on the A.C. Gregory’s North Australian
Expedition) at Depot Creek.

In her seminal work on triggerplants Erickson (1958) used the terms “locket and pouch” for the
peculiar in-folding at the apex of the column of some species of Stylidium. She described the column
as bending forward into a pouch formed by the dilation of the column itself and resembling a miniature
locket, with elastic hinges, enclosing the anthers inside the lid. We suggest the texmcunabulum be used

348

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

for the “pouch” (or dilated part of the column), where the anthers rest when the column is in the set
position against the labellum. The term cunabulum is derived from the Latin for cradle. In tropical
triggerplants the major mobile hinge on the column is a focus from which to describe taxonomic
features. Previously there has been no term applied to this feature. The term torosus, from the Latin
for muscular, aptly describes this mobile hinge.

Figure 4. Lectotype of S. floodii F. Muell. (MEL 233150).

Kevin F. Kenneally and Allen Lowrie, Stylidium costulatum

349

Figure 5. Stylidium floodii. A - hypanthium showing glandular hairs and five free sepals, B - corolla, C - enlarged section of
corolla showing crown-like throat appendages, D - enlarged section of corolla tube showing labellum with glandular hairy
margins, E - adaxial view of column showing sensitive torosus (stippled) and sparse glandular hairs on adaxial surface. From
Mueller (MEL 233150). Drawing by A. Lowrie.

Acknowledgements

We wish to thank Brian Carter, John Martin and Tim Willing (Broome Botanical Society) and
Anthony Raudino (CALM Volunteer), for assisting in the collection of Stylidium costulatum at Point
Coulomb Nature Reserve. We also thank Matthew and Russell Barrett of Beverley Springs Station for
their collections of Kimberley Sty/Mum species. Dr John Kuo, Electron Microscopy Centre, University
of Western Australia, kindly provided the SEM photographs.

References

Beard, J.S. (1980), A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia. Western Australian Herbarium Res. Notes No. 3: 37-58.
Carlquist, S. (1978) New species of Stylidium. with comments on evolutionary patterns in tropical Stylidiaceae. Aliso 9(2):
308-322.

Erickson. Rica (1958). “Triggerplants”. (Paterson Brokensha Pty Ltd: Perth.)

Wheeler, I.R., Rye, B L., Koch, B.L. and Wilson, A.J.G. (1992). “Hora of the Kimberley Region”. (Department of
Conservation and Land Management, Como: Western Australia.)

Nuytsia 9 (3): 351-362 (1994)

351

Notes and new species of Acacia (Mimosaceae) from
northern Australia

G.J. Leach

Northern Territory Herbarium, Conservation Commission of the NT,
PO Box 496, Palmerston, Northern Territory 0831

Abstract

Leach, G.J. Notes and new species ofAacta (Mimosaceae) from northern Australia. Nuytsia 9 (3):
351-362 (1994). Acacia tolmerensis G. Leach is described as a new species in the informal
A. platycarpa group (Sect. Plurinerves). The informal A. plectocarpa group (Sect. Juliflorae) is
defined as including A. plectocarpa Cunn. ex Benth. subsp. plectocarpa, A. plectocarpa subsp.
tanumbirinensis (Maiden) Pedley, A. armitii F. Muell. ex Maiden and a new species, A. echinuliflora
G. Leach. Relationships within the group are discussed, descriptions and a key to all taxa in the group
are provided. Distribution maps for all taxa are presented.

Introduction

The “Top End” of the Northern Territory (north of 1 8°S) still has extensive areas that are botanically
poorly known. Within Acacia it is known that there are a number of undescribed taxa and many
complexes that require further investigation. In preparing an account of the Mimosaceae for the “Flora
of the Darwin Region”, a new species of Acacia from the Litchfield area was discovered and problems
in a group of taxa, informally referred to here as the A. plectocarpa group, required examination.
Findings from this work are published here to clarify treatments of these taxa for the above-mentioned
Flora and for the forthcoming volume on Acacia in the “Flora of Australia”.

The codings for rare or threatened species follows Briggs & Leigh (1988). All measurements are
from dry material. Distribution maps show all specimens examined which, unless otherwise stated, are
based on collections at DNA and PERTH.

Taxonomy

Acacia tolmerensis G. Leach, sp. nov. (Figure 1)

A. tolmerensis species nova affinis A. platycarpae sed ramulis complanatis, nervis phyllodii
duobus longitudinalibus inferioribus confluentibus et nervo marginali libero, inflorescentia plerumque
racemosa, floribus capitulii circa 80, calyce longiore differt.

352

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Figure 1. Acacia tolmerensis A - flowering branch, B - seed, C - pod. A from I.D. Cowie 1434 & C.R. Dunlop (DNA);

B & C from I.D. Cowie 1844 (DNA). (A & C scale bar = 1 cm, B scale bar = 5 mm)

Typus'. Litchfield National Park, Northern Territory, 13° 06'S, 130° 51'E, 23 Nov. 1990, I.D Cowie
1427 & C.R. Dunlop (holo: DNA; iso: BRI, CANB, K, NSW, PERTH 01851829).

Erect shrub to 1.5 m high, sometimes suckering, sub-pruinose on young phyllodes, branchlets and
inflorescences. Branchlets flattened or angular, glabrous. Stipules early caducous. Pulvinus 4-7 mm
long, glabrous. Phyllodes shallowly recurved, dimidiately narrowly elliptic, 1 10-245 mm long, 48-88
mm wide, 2. 1-4.2 times long as wide, glabrous; main longitudinal nerves 3 to 4 (rarely to 6), distant,
basally confluent but remaining free from abaxial marginal nerve, anastomoses numerous and forming
a somewhat open and irregular reticulum; base asymmetric; margin rarely indented at the glands; apex
acute to obtuse with an obscure mucro. Glands ± prominent, 3-4, lowermost at distal end of pulvinus,
additional glands scattered along adaxial margin, narrow and elongated, 1-2 mm long. Inflorescences
typically 1-2 axillary racemes, sometimes forming terminal panicles, 6-12 heads per raceme; raceme
axis 55-150 mm long, rather stout, straight, glabrous. Heads globular, white to cream or pale yellow,
7- 1 1 mm wide, c. 80-flowered. Peduncles 9-26 mm long, glabrous; basal peduncular bracts persistent,
1 or on upper peduncles often 2, glabrous, ciliate; bracteoles peltate, 1 .2- 1 .4 mm long, with a flattened,
glabrous or ciliate stipe, laminae sub-circular, evident in young buds, fimbriolate with white or pale
golden hairs. Flowers 5-merous. Calyx 1.2- 1.5 mm long, sparsely puberulous at apex and abaxially
on prominent midnerve, shallowly lobed, membranous other than midnerve; calyx lobes broadly

G.J, Leach, Acacia

353

triangular, incurved, ciliate at apex. Corolla 2-2,5 mm long, 1 .5-2.5 times as long as calyx, ciliate at
apex, lobed to middle but often also separating at base leaving middle part of tube intact; lobes erect
or slightly spreading but inflexed and concave at apex, spathulate to oblanceolate, 1-1.2 mm long,
thickened and somewhat resinous, obtuse. Ovary glabrous. Pods stipitate, greyish to brown, narrowly
oblong, straight, flat, 55-110 mm long, 20-30 mm wide, coriaceous to sub- woody, glabrous, transversely
reticulately nerved, margin with obscure wing to 1 mm wide, apiculate. Seeds transverse in legume,
brown, flattened, ellipsoid, 8-10 mm long, 7-7.5 mm wide; pleurogram open; funicle gradually
expanded into an aril, folded 4-5 times, c. 0.4 times as long as the seed.

Other specimens examined. NORTHERN TERRITORY: Tolmer Range, 13°12’S, 130°48'E, 4 Nov.
1984, D. Bowman 50 (DNA); Florence Falls track, 13°02'S, 130°45'E, 1 Dec. 1984, D. Bowman 130
(DNA); near Survey Creek, Daly River Road, 13°36'S, 130°45’E, 9 Nov. 1990, 1.D. Cowie 1408 &
C.R. Dunlop (DNA); track to Lost City, Litchfield National Park, 13°09'S, 130°46'E, 23 Nov. 1990,
l.D. Cowie 1434 & C.R. Dunlop (BRI, CANB, DNA, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH); near Litchfield Road!
Finiss River, 12°59'S, 130°45'E, 6 May 1991, l.D. Cowie 1884 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K, MPT
NSW, PERTH); 14 miles [22.4 km] from Daly River on Daly River Road, 13“32'S, 130°54'E, 4 Feb.
1964, C.S. Robinson 75 (DNA); Daly River, 13°40'S, 130°43'E, 16 Jan. 1992, L.L. K Williams 173 &
N.F. Madrill (DNA).

Distribution. Endemic in the Northern Territory and recorded from throughout the Tabletop Range,
southwards to Daly River. (Figure 5)

Habitat. In open forest on sandy soils.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowering has been noted during the wet season from November-
February. Legumes with mature seeds have been collected in May.

Affinities . A. platycarpa F. Muell . is a widespread variable species across northern Australia and is one
taxon of a closely related group which includesA. sericata Cunn. ex Benth., A. dunnii (Maiden)Turrill
and another as yet undescribed species from the sandstone plateau of Arnhem Land. A. flavescens
Cunn. ex Benth. and A. leptoloba Pedley from Queensland are also probably best placed in this group
(Pedley 1978). A. tolmerensis clearly belongs in this group and is most closely related toA. platycarpa
from which it can be distinguished by the latter having terete branchlets, the abaxial longitudinal veins
being basally confluent at the marginal vein, the fewer number of flowers per head (31-41) and the
shorter calyx. There has been past confusion involving application of the name A. sericata and
although it is reported to occur in the Northern Territory by Pedley (1978) and Wheeler (1992) it is
restricted to the Isdell and Drysdale river areas of the Kimberley region of Western Australia.
A. sericata, although not well known, is distinguished from other taxa in the group principally by the
dense minutely stellate-velutinous branchlets and phyllodes. A. dunnii is distinguished from
A. tolmerensis by the basal confluence of the longitudinal veins with the marginal vein, the ± terete
branchlets and larger phyllodes (12-42 x 4-17 cm). Within the Northern Territory the natural
occurrence of A. dunnii is restricted to the Victoria River region although it is now widely cultivated
with occasional escapees becoming established.

Conservation status. Although of restricted distribution it is not considered threatened. A. tolmerensis
is well represented in Litchfield National Park and appears to recover well after fires. Coding 2RC.

Etymology. The specific epithet derives from the distribution of the species being centred on the Tolmer
Range.

354

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Acacia plectocarpa Cunn. ex Benth. and allies

A. plectocarpa is a common, wide-ranging species from the Kimberley region of Western Australia
through eastern Arnhem Land, Northern Territory to the Queensland Gulf area and it exhibits some
variation which has caused confusion in identification. Specimens with narrow phyllodes have, in the
past, generally been attributed to the taxon described as A. tanumbirinensis by Maiden (1917) but later
reduced to a subspecies of A. plectocarpa by Pedley (1990). The geographic and morphological limits
of subsp. tanumbirinensis were not well known. Pedley (1978) remarked that fruiting material was
unknown. In the absence of fruits, specimens of A. plectocarpa have often been confused with
A. torulosa Benth. ex F. Muell.

The sandstone escarpment of western Arnhem Land has been a particularly difficult area in terms
of the variation exhibited within A. plectocarpa sens lat. Specimens with somewhat narrow but
generally long, curved phyllodes have been considered as subsp. tanumbirinensis. Other forms
showing differences of corolla indumentum and inflorescence or pod dimensions have been dealt with
variously as belonging to A. plectocarpa or to undescribed taxa. In preparing to describe one of these
segregate taxa it became obvious that some clarification of the complex was required. This task was
greatly facilitated following the recent recognition by Tindale and Kodela (pers. comm.) that one of
the Northern Territory entities in this complex was A. armitii F. Muell. ex Maiden, previously only
known from the type collection in Queensland. Based on the immature pods of the type collection,
Pedley (1978) considered A. armitii as conspecific with A. torulosa. However, in recent .treatments
he has reinstated it as a distinct species (Pedley 1987). The pods of A. armitii show no relationship to
A. torulosa (which areclearly moniliform) butcertainly support aclose relationship with A. plectocarpa.

After further investigation other species may also be found to belong with this group. A. hammondii
Maiden and the closely related but poorly known A. malloclada Maiden & Blakely have plectocarpa
type pods. A. hemsleyi Maiden is also similar but the pods are not undulate, nor are the seeds alternate
along the pod which suggests only superficial similarity. The complex in the Northern Territory is
considered here to involve 4 closely related taxa namely, A. plectocarpa subsp. plectocarpa and subsp.
tanumbirinensis, A. armitii and A. echinuliflora, with further work possibly establishing other species
in the group. The latter species is described below as new. Because some of these taxa have been known
from incomplete material or few specimens a key and descriptions are provided.

Key to A. plectocarpa and its closest allies

la. Phyllodes linear, <4.5 mm wide, length to width

ratio typically >40, rarely as low as 25 2b. A. plectocarpa subsp. tanumbirinensis

lb. Phyllodes narrow-elliptic or oblanceolate, rarely linear,

>4.5 mm wide, length to width ratio typically <40 2

2a. Pods <4 mm wide; seeds longitudinal in pod; branchlets

strongly ribbed or angular 3. A. armitii

2b. Pods >6 mm wide; seeds oblique to transverse in pod;

branchlets terete or slightly angular 3

3a. Corolla with dense yellow patent hairs; peduncles
(5)7-17 mm long; spikes 50-70 mm long; pods
stramineous, venation prominent

1 . A. echinuliflora

G.J. Leach, Acacia

355

3b. Corolla with sparse hyaline hairs on tube; peduncles

1-6 mm long; spikes 20-55 mm long; pods dark brown,

venation obscure 2a. A. plectocarpa subsp. plectocarpa

1. Acacia echinuliflora G. Leach sp. nov. (Figure 2)

Ex affmitate A. plectocarpai Cunn. ex Benth. et specierum affinium, capitulis et pedunculis
longioribus, indumento corollae tomentello flavo, leguminibus stramineis tenuioribus valde nervosis
distinguenda.

Typus: Bower Bird Billabong, Kakadu National Park, Northern Territory, 12°43'S, 133°02'E, 12
September 1984, G. Wightman 1704 & C.R. Dunlop (holo: DNA; iso: AD, CANB, K, MEL).

Tree or rarely a shrub, (2.5)4-8 m high. Bark black to brown, fibrous or shaggy. Branchlets terete,
with narrow, pale yellow rib below pulvinus for c. 10-15 mm, resinous, reddish brown, glabrous.
Stipules persistent and prominent, brown, narrow-triangular to triangular, 1.2-2. 5 mm long, glabrous,
resinous, scarious, striate. Pulvinus 2.5-5.5 mm long, glabrous. Phyllodes straight or slightly curved,
narrowly elliptic oroblanceolate, 90-185 mm long, 6-14 mm wide, 9-20 times long as wide, glabrous,
shiny, punctules numerous; longitudinal nerves numerous, 1-3 more prominent than the rest, close, 4-8
per mm, minor nerves ± translucent, anastomoses absent; base attenuate; apex acute, the mucro short
and oblique or rarely straight. Gland obscure, 0-4 mm above pulvinus, sunken, narrow and slit-like,
c. 0.2 mm long. Inflorescences simple, 1-2 per axil, rarely contracted, 1-3 branched racemes to 2(1 1)
mm long. Spikes 50-10 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide, bright yellow to golden, densely flowered. Peduncle
(5)7-17 mm long, resinous, glabrous or rarely with a few scattered hairs. Receptacle, calyx, corolla tube
and base of lobes tomentose with dense, short, yellow or rarely hyaline, patent hairs. Bracteoles
spathulate; stipes flattened, tomentose; laminae inflexed, glabrous. Flowers 5-merous. Ca/yx 0.45-0.9
mm long, sepals free, linear to narrow-oblong. Corolla 0.9-1. 4 mm long, twice as long as calyx,
glabrous at apex, lobed to middle; lobes erect, sometimes slightly incurved at apex, triangular, apex
acute. Ovary densely sericeous with whitish hairs. Pods shortly stipitate, stramineous, linear to oblong,
straight, undulate, raised over seeds alternately on each side, 24-54 mm long, 7-9 mm wide, thinly
coriaceous to chartaceous, resinous, glabrous or with very sparse hairs on margins, transversely
reticulately nerved, apiculate. Seeds transverse in legume, brown or black, obloid or ellipsoid, 2.7-3. 8
mm long, 1 .8-2.5 mm wide, pleurogram closed; funicle white to cream, gradually expanded into an aril,
folded 3-6 times, 0.2-0.45 times as long as the seed.

Other specimens examined. NORTHERN TERRITORY: Jim Jim Creek, 12°55'S, 132°32'E, 14 July
1972, N. Byrnes 2729 (BRI, CANB, NSW, NT); Barramundie Gorge, 13“23’S, 132°28'E, 30 Aug.
1984,7. CowielAl (DNA); MtGilruth area, 12°58'S, 133°10'E, 2 June 1978, C.R. Dun/op 4868 (BRI,
CANB,DNA, K, NSW, NT); Deaf Adder Gorge, 13°07'S, 132°56'E, 18 July 1978, C./e. Dunlop49il
(BRI, CANB, DNA, NT); Jim Jim Falls, 13°17'S, 132“51'E, 31 Jan. 1981, C.R. Dunlop 5707 (BRI,
DNA, NSW, PERTH); Jim Jim Falls, 13°16'S, 132°50’E, 3 Dec. 1989, P. Forster tl2% (BRI, DNA,
MEL, MEXU); c. 10 km ESE Noranda Mining Camp, 12°52'S, 132°49'E, 12 July 1972, P. Martensz
AE 1 23 (CANB, DNA); Deaf Adder Creek basin, 1 3”03'S, 1 32°52 E, 1 8 Aug. 1972,P. Martensz AE28 1
(CANB, DNA, K); UDP Falls, 13‘’30'S, 132°31'E, 25 Aug. 1973, J. Mckean 1137 (CANB, DNA);
Nixons Gorge, Katherine, 14°30'S, 132°15'E, 22 June 1964, J. Muspratt 647 (DNA); Edith Falls,
14°12'S, 132°11'E, 5 Oct. 1977, J. Must 164 (CANB, DNA, NSW, NT).

356

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Figure 2. Acacia echinuliflora A - flowering branch, B - seed, C - pod. A from C.R. Dunlop 4868
(DNA); B & C from PA. Forster 6128 (DNA). (A & C scale bar = 1 cm, B scale bar = 5 mm)

Figure 3. Acacia plectocarpa subsp. plectocarpa A - flowering branch, B - seed, C - pod. A from K.F. Kenneally 10783 &
B.P.M. Hyland (PERTH); B & C from B. Toohill for T. Willing 44 (PERTH). Acacia plectocarpa subsp. tanumbirinensis
D - flowering branch, E - seed, F - pod. D from L. Craven 3922 (PERTH); E & F from G.J. Leach 3321 (PERTH). (A,C,D &
F scale bar = 1 cm, B & E scale bar = 5 mm)

G.J. Leach, Acacia

357

Figure 4, Acacia armittii A - flowering branch, B - seed, C - pod. A from M. Lazarides 7572 (DNA); B & C from
C.R. Dunlop 7228 and P.F. Munns (DNA). (A & C scale bar = 1 cm, B scale bar = 5 mm)

Distribution. Endemic in the Northern Territory. Occurs along the escarpment of western Arnhem
Land in Kakadu National Park with occurrences southwards to Edith Falls in Nitmiluk (Katherine
Gorge) National Park. (Figure 5)

Habitat. On sandy soils associated with stream margins draining the sandstone escarpment.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowering occurs in the dry season from June-August. Mature
legumes have been collected between October-January.

Affinities. A. echinuliflora differs from all taxa in theA. plectocarpa group by the corolla tube and base
of lobes having a dense indumentum of patent yellow hairs. In addition, it differs from A. plectocarpa
by the longer, more prominent stipules, the longer spikes and peduncles and the pod being thinner,
stramineous and having conspicuous venation. It can be distinguished from A. armitii by the ± terete
branchlets, broader pods with conspicuous venation and the seeds arranged transversely in the pod.

Conservation status. Although not under any threat and well represented in two National Parks, the
species is quite restricted in its distribution and a coding of 3R is recommended.

Etymology. The epithet refers to the bristly appearance of the flowers on account of the indumentum
on the corolla.

358

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

2. Acacia plectocarpaCunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 375 (1842). Type: Cambridge Gulf, W.A.,
Sept. 1819, A. Cunningham 4S2(\ecto: K,n.v.,/ideL.Pedley,Austrobaileya 1:161 (1978); iso: NSW,
photo at PERTH 01827650!).

Tall shrub or small tree, 3-7(9) m high. Bark grey, fibrous or fissured. Branchlets terete or angular,
with narrow yellowish ribs below pulvinus fore. 10 mm, slightly resinous, glabrous, rarely puberulous.
Stipules persistent, brown or reddish, triangular, 0.5-1 mm long, glabrous. Pulvinus 1-4 mm long,
glabrous. Phyllodes straight or curved, linear to narrowly elliptic, 90-200(260) mm long, 1 .8-16 mm
wide, 10.5-74 times as long as wide, ± shiny, punctules (?stomata) numerous, glabrous or rarely with
closely appressed hyaline hairs on margins and nerves; longitudinal nerves numerous, 1-3 more
prominent than the rest, close, 4-7 per mm, minor nerves usually translucent, anastomoses absent; base
attenuate; apex acute, mucro short and oblique or straight. Gland inconspicuous, at distal end of
pulvinus, circular or oval. Inflorescences simple, 1-5 per axil, rarely contracted, 2-branched racemes
to c. 6 mm long. Spikes 20-55 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, pale to bright yellow, densely flowered.
Peduncle 1-6 mm long, slightly resinous, glabrous or rarely sparsely hairy. Receptacle glabrous or
hairy. Bracteoles peltate, stipe flattened, sparsely hairy. F/owr^ 5-merous. Ca/yxO.3-0.7 mm long,
hairy; sepals free, incurved, linear to oblong, ciliate. Corolla 1-1 .25 mm long, twice as long as calyx,
glabrous or hairy with sparse hairs on tube, lobed to middle; lobes erect or slightly spreading, triangular,
0.4-0.6 mm long, apex acute. Ovary hairy. Pods sessile or stipitate, brown, linear to oblong, straight,
undulate, raised over seeds alternately on each side, 35-100 mm long, 5-12 mm wide, crustaceous to
coriaceous, often resinous, glabrous, nerves obscure, acute or obtuse. Seeds oblique or transverse in
legume, black or brown, discoid to ellipsoid, 2. 9-4. 5 mm long, 2. 3-3.7 mm wide, pleurogram closed;
funicle white to cream, gradually expanded into an aril, folded 2-4 times, 0.16-0.25 times as long as
the seed.

2a. Acacia plectocarpa Cunn. ex Benth. subsp. plectocarpa (Figure 3)

A. numerosa Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy. Soc. W. Australia 13: 27, pi. 19, figs 5-9 (1928). Type:
Napier Broome Bay, W.A., 1910, G.F. Hill per A. 7. Campbell 148 (holo: NSW, fragment & photo at
PERTH 018256581; iso: MEL, fragment & photo at PERTH 018256231).

TalH/irM^>orsmalltree,3-7(9)mhigh. StipulesO.6-1 mm long. Pulvinus 1.5-4 mm long. Phyllodes
straight or curved, linear to narrowly elliptic, 98-200(260) mm long, 4.5-14 mm wide, 10.5-35(43)
times as long as wide, 1 -3 longitudinal nerves more prominent than the rest, 4-6 per mm.Inflorescences
simple, 1-5 per axil, rarely contracted, 2-branched racemes to c. 6 mm long. Spikes bright yellow, 3-4
mm wide. Receptacle glabrous or hairy. Calyx 0. 3-0.5 mm long. Corolla lobes erect or slightly
spreading. Pods stipitate, 6-12 mm wide. Seeds transverse in legume, discoid to ellipsoid, funicle
folded 4 times.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Bull Creek, Bungle Bungle N.P., 17°19’S,
128°27'E, 16 June 1988, 1. Cowie 962 (DNA, PERTH); 27.3 km NW of Doongan Station, 15°16’S,
126°12'E,6June 1987,D.y. E7/>iger287 (DNA, PERTH); 3.5 km WofCape St Lambert, 14°18T0"S,
1 27°43' 1 0"E, 1 0 June 1 987,/r. F. Kenneally 10323 (DNA, PERTH); 6 km E of Mt Talbot, Walcott Inlet,
16°27'S, 124°50E, K.F. Kenneally 10783 & B.P.M. Hyland (PERTH); 1.5 miles [2.4 km] W of
Tableland Station, 17°16'S, 126°5rE, 20 Apr. 1955, M. Lazarides 5125 (CANB, DNA); Cockburn
Range, 15°45'S, 127°59’E, 16 Mar. 1978, M. iMzarides 8597 (DNA, CANB); Smoke Creek, 16°45'S,
128°30'E,28 Apr. 1980,4.5. Weston 12130(DNA,PERTH); WeaverCreek,c.3.5kmSofKununurra,
B. Toohill for T. Willing 44 (PERTH).

GJ. Leach, Acacia

359

NORTHERN TERRITORY: Jabiru, 12°40'S, 132°50'E, 16June 1984, VT. Rw/iop 240 (BRI, DNA,
MO, NSW); East Alligator River, headwaters of Hayward Creek, I3°36'S, 130°45'E, 4 May 1990,
I. Cowie 1217 (BRI, DNA, MEL, NSW); Wigram Island, 1 IMS'S, 1 36°37'E, 24 July 1992, G. Leach
3056 (DNA, PERTH); Jasper Gorge, 16°02'S, 130°35'E, 30 Mar, 1981, LR. Maconochie 2649 (DNA,
NT, PERTH); Katherine Gorge N.P., 14M9'S, 132°25'E, 5 May 1977, J. Must 1497 (CANB, DNA,
NSW, NT); Bantnala, 12°30'S, 135°55'E, 26 Sep. 1992, J. Russell-Smith 8930 (DNA, PERTH).

Distribution. Widespread from eastern Arnhem Land, Northern Territory to the Kimberley, Western
Australia (Figure 6)

Habitat. In open forest on sandy soils.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowering occurs over the dry season from April-July . Legumes have
been collected from July-November.

Variation. Specimens o{Gardner{\460) from Lawley River, Western Australia have atypical narrow
phyllodes, (2)4-5 mm wide, which are within the range of subsp. tanumbirinensis but are considered
to be subsp. plectocarpa on the basis of the following characters: stipules c. 1 mm long; phyllodes
curved, nerves 4 per mm; spikes c. 3 mm wide; calyx c. 0.45 mm long; pod c. 8 mm wide; seeds
transverse in pod.

Conservation status. Not considered rare or threatened.

2b. Acacia plectocarpa Cunn. ex Benth. subsp. tanumbirinensis (Maiden) Pedley, Austrobaileya 3 :
216 (1990) (Figure 3)

A. tanumbirinensis (asA. tanumbirinense) Maiden in Ewart & Davies, FI. N. Territory: 338 (1917).
Type-. Sandstone country nearTanumbirini, N.T., 26 Mar. 191 \,G.F. Hill 802 (holo: NSW, photo!; iso:

K, n.v., MEL, fragment and photo at PERTH 01827847, 022210391).

Tree or rarely a shrub, 3-6 m high. Stipules 0.5-0.6 mm long. Pul vinus 1-1.5 mm long. Phyllodes
straight, linear, 95-190 mm long, 1.8-3. 5(4. 5) mm wide, (28)40-74 times as long as wide, midnerve
more prominent than the rest, 6-7 per mm. Inflorescences simple, 1-2 per axil. Spikes pale yellow or
yellow, 3.5-5 mm wide. Receptacle hairy with dense hyaline hairs. Calyx 0.5-0.7 mm long. Corolla
lobes erect or slightly spreading to strongly reflexed. Pods sessile or shortly stipitate, 5-7 mm wide.
Seeds oblique in legume, ellipsoid, funicle folded twice.

Selected specimens examined. NORTHERN TERRITORY: McArthur River area, 16°27'S, 136°10'E,

L. Craven 3922 (PERTH); McArthur River area, 16°40'S, 135°51'E, 30 May 1976, L. Craven 3981
(CANB, DNA); 1 mile NE Borroloola, 16°02'S, 136°16'E, 9 June 1971, N. Henry’ 163 (BRI, DNA,
MEL, NSW, PERTH); Cox River Station, 15M3'S, 134“32'E, 4 July 1977, P.K. Latz 7247 (BRI,
CANB, DNA, PERTH); 40 km SSW of Nathan River Homestead, 15°56'S, 135°20'E, 27 Aug. 1985,
P.K. Latz 10100 (CBG, DNA, PERTH); Cox River crossing, 15°20'S, 135°21’E, 30 Sep. 1992,
G. Leach 3321 (BRI, DNA, NSW, PERTH); Nicholson River, 17°46'S, 137“42'E, 13 June 1974,
J.R. Maconochie 2030 (DNA); 60 miles [96 km] N of Wollogorang, 16°35'S, 137°36'E, 3 June 1948,
R.A. Perry 1231 (CANB, DNA); Bessie Spring, 16°40'S, 135‘"5rE, 27 Oct. 1988,7. Russell-Smith6223
(DNA); Abner Range, 15°51'S, 135°48’E, 29 Jan. 1989, J. Russell-Smith 7029 (DNA, PERTH);
Burktown crossing, 16'"06'S, 134°54'E, 29 June 1988, N. Smith 1240 (DNA).

360

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Additional specimen cited by Pedley ( 1978): QUEENSLAND: 22 km from Westmoreland Station on
road to Corinda Station, 17°30’S, 138°24'E, May 1976, Simon & Farrell 3109 (BRI n.v.).

Distribution. The southern part of the Gulf of Carpentaria, predominantly in the Northern Territory
but also recorded in the Burke District of Queensland. (Eigure 6)

Habitat. On edges of watercourses or in seasonally dry creek beds on sandy soil; also recorded from
stabilised sand dunes.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowering in the dry season from May-July with mature legumes
recorded in October.

Conservation status. Not considered rare or threatened.

3. Acacia armitii F. Muell. ex Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 51:84 (1917). Type:
Near the Einasleigh River, Qld, W. Armit 1014 (holo: NSW, n.v.; iso: MEL, fragment & photo at
PERTH 034523361). (Figure 4)

Slender tree or shrub, 2. 5-7. 5 m high. Bark grey, fissured. Branchlets strongly ribbed, resinous,
yellowish, glabrous. Stipules caducous, brown, triangular, L5mmlong, glabrous, resinous. Pulvinus
3-4.5 mm long, glabrous. Phyllodes stra.ight, narrowly elliptic, 78-135 mm long, 7-14 mm wide, 7-14
times as long as wide, slightly shiny, punctules numerous, glabrous or with sparse hyaline hairs on
margins; longitudinal nerves numerous, close, 4-6 per mm, midrib more evident than the rest and
slightly excentric by displacement towards the lower margin, anastomoses absent; base attenuate, apex
obtuse, mucro straight. Gland prominent, 1 -2.5 mm above pulvinus, circular orifice on raised swelling.
Inflorescences simple, 1-2 per axil, rarely racemose. Spikes cylindrical, yellow, 55-75 mm long,
5. 5-6.5 mm wide, densely flowered. Peduncle (4)6-13 mm long, resinous, glabrous or sparsely hairy.
Receptacle hairy. Bracteoles peltate with flattened sparsely hairy stipe. Flowers 5-merous. Calyx
0.4-0.8 mm long, hairy; sepals free, linear to oblong, ciliate. Corolla L3-L5 mm long, twice as long
as calyx, hairy on tube, lobed to middle; lobes glabrous and highly viscid, erect or slightly spreading,
triangular, 0.5-0.6 mm long, apex acute. Ovary hairy. Pods sessile, yellowish to brown, linear to
oblong, straight, undulate, raised over seeds alternately on each side, 27-52 mm long, c. 4 mm wide,
coriaceous, resinous, sparsely hairy on margin and surface, nerves obscure, acute. Seeds longitudinal
in legume, black, ellipsoid, 2.75-3 mm long, 1 .75 mm wide, pleurogram closed; funicle white to cream,
expanded towards the seed, folded 4 times, 0.4 times as long as the seed.

Specimens examined. NORTHERN TERRITORY: 24 miles SE of Oenpellii, 12°32’S, 133°19’E,
7 July \912,L.G.Adams216\ (BRI, CANB!,K);UpperGoomadeer River, 12°36’S, 133°26'E,29 Oct.
1987,C.R. Dunlop 7228 8lP.F. Munns{BRl DNA,NSW, PERTH); Coopers Creek, Nabalek, 12°19'S,
133°19'E, 24 Sep. 1989, R. Him 596 (DNA); Arnhem Land, 12°36'S, 133°19'E, 8 July 1972,

M. Lazarides 7572 (CANB, DNA).

Additional specimen cited byTindale & Kodela (pers. comm.): QUEENSLAND: 10 km S of the
Einasleigh-Forsayth road on track to Robinhood Station, 18°20'S, 144°04'E, J.R. Clarkson 2576 &

N. Byrnes (BRI).

Distribution. A disjunct distribution from the Cook Pastoral District of Queensland and Arnhem Land
in the Northern Territory. (Figure 5)

G.J. Leach, Acacia

361

120 125 130 135 140 145 150

Figure 5. Distribution map of Acacia echinuliflora (O ), Acacia armitii (♦) and Acacia tolmerensis ( •).

120 125 130 135 140 145 150

10

15

20

10

15

20

Figure 6. Distribution map of Acacia plectocarpa subsp. plectocarpa ( • ) and Acacia plectocarpa

subsp. tanumbirinensis (a).

362

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Habitat. Sand flats on sandstone plateau or permanently wet flats. Apparently associated with
watercourses.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowers observed in July and September; legumes in August and
October.

Notes. Two collectors have noted this species forming dense, even-aged stands or thickets; perhaps
as a result of regrowth after fire. Due to possible confusion with A. plectocarpa, or for flowering
material with A. torulosa, it is likely that this species is under collected. However, similar disjunct
distribution patterns between Queensland and the Northern Territory have recently been observed for
other taxa (e.g. Drummondita calida (F. Muell.) Paul Wilson). The general distribution pattern is
probably valid and not an artifact of collection intensity.

A specimen with immature pods from Lakefield National Park (Stanton s.n., BRI) in north
Queensland shows some affinities to A. armitii , but differs in having narrower phyllodes, 2 prominent
longitudinal veins, smaller floral parts and shorter spikes. The location is about 240 km to the north
of known A. armitii populations in Queensland (Figure 5). Clearly further collections from this area
are required to establish the morphological and geographical range of this species.

Conservation status. Based on the paucity of collections and the disjunct nature of the distribution a
coding of 3K is recommended.

Acknowledgements

Bruce Maslin and Clyde Dunlop are gratefully acknowledged for providing a great deal of
discussion during various stages of the manuscript. Richard Cowan assisted with the specific epithets.
Phillip Kodela provided helpful discussion on the identity ofA. armitii. Margaret Pieroni prepared the
illustrations.

References

Briggs, J.D. & Leigh, J.H. (1988). “Rare or Threatened Australian Plants.” Special Publication 14. (Australian National Parks
and Wildlife Service: Canberra.)

Maiden, J.H. (1917). Acacias of the Northern Territory. In: Ewart, A.J. & Davies, O.B. “The Flora of the Northern Territory.”
(Commonwealth Government: Melbourne.)

Pedley, L. (1978). A revision of Acacia Mill, in Queensland. Austrobaileya 1: 75-234.

Pedley, L. (1987). Racospenna Martins (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Queensland: A Checklist. Austrobaileya 2: 344-357.
Pedley, L. (1990). New combinations in Acacia Miller (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae). Austrobaileya 3: 215-216.

Wheeler, J.R. (1992). Mimosaceae. /n; Wheeler, J.R. (ed.). “Flora of the Kimberley Region.” (Western Australian Herbarium:
Perth.)

Nuytsia 9 (3): 363-367 (1994)

363

Drosera ordensis (Droseraceae),
carnivorous plant from

a new tropical species of
northern Australia

Allen Lowrie

6 Glenn Place, Duncraig, Western Australia 6023

Abstract

Lowrie, Allen. Drosera ordensis (Droseraceae), a new tropical species of carnivorous plant from
northern Australia. Nuytsia 9 (3); 363-367 (1994). A new species, Drosera ordensis (Droseraceae)
is described from tropical northern Australia. The features that distinguish this taxon from its nearest
relatives are presented and an indication is given of its habitat preferences.

Introduction

Kondo (1984) studied the lectotype ofD. petiolaris represented by a Banks and Solander (1770)
collection (BM 40139) from the Endeavour River in north Queensland, Australia. He recognised
species in the Drosera petiolaris complex, three of these he described as new, D. dilatato-petiolaris
Kondo, D./a/conen Kondo &Tsang and D. lanata Kondo. The author (AL) has seen the lectotype,
examined by Kondo, and a photograph of a duplicate fragment in GDC, has collected and grown all
the taxainthe D. petiolaris complex, andean confirm that they are good species. All these species
except D. falconeri have been recorded for Western Australia. This paper describes the new species
Drosera ordensis from near Kununurra, Western Australia.

The new species belongs in subgen. Drosera, sect. Lasiocephala Planchon (Marchant & George
1982). Six species are now listed in this section: D. dilatato-petiolaris Kondo, D. falconeri Kondo
and Tsang, D. lanata Kondo, D. ordensis Lowrie, D. petiolaris R.Br. ex DC. ( also recorded from
Papua New Guinea by Conn 1980), and one species, D. caledonica Vieill. (confined to New
Caledonia).

364

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Key to Drosera section Lasiocephala

1. Leaf lamina narrowly obovate; inflorescence (including scape) covered

with short glandular hairs D. caledonica

1. Leaf lamina orbicular, suborbicular or reniform; inflorescence (including

scape) covered with non glandular, long woolly hairs 2

2. Leaves sparingly covered with adpressed hairs, each hair simple or bearing

a few small spurs, petiole visible through the hairy indumentum 4

2. Leaves densely covered with dendritic hairs, each hair bearing many long

lateral spurs, petiole hidden by the dense hairy indumentum 3

3. Petiole linear with a maximum width 1-1.5 mm; lamina suborbicular,

2- 2.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide; pedicels 1. 5-2.5 mm long D. lanata

3. Petiole oblanceolate with a maximum width 2-4 mm; lamina suborbicular,

3- 4 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide; pedicels 2-4.5 mm long D. ordensis

4. Leaf lamina reniform, 1.5 cm long, 2 cm wide D. falconeri

4. Leaf lamina orbicular or suborbicular 2. 5-3. 5 mm wide 5

5. Petiole oblanceolate with a maximum width 2.5-3 mm; pedicels

3-7 mm long D. dilatato-petiolaris

5. Petiole linear with a maximum width 0.4-0.8 mm; pedicels

1-1.5 mm long D. petiolaris

Drosera petiolaris complex

Drosera ordensis is clearly related to other tropical Drosera species in the D. petiolaris complex.
This new species is a perennial having fibrous roots, a basal rosette of leaves with a bulb-like structure
of fleshy leaf bases, and an inflorescence (including the scape) covered with long woolly hairs.
D. ordensis differs from all other species within the D. petiolaris complex by having oblanceolate
petioles densely covered with long woolly dendritic hairs.

D. falconeri Tsang & Kondo sheds all its above surface leaves and retreats to a dormant bulb-like
arrangement just below the hard-baked soil surface where it lies fully protected during the dry season.
The bulb-like structure of D. falconeri is formed from the tightly packed accumulation of the
persistent fleshy bases of the spent leaves.

D. lanata Kondo, however, forms a central bud of leaf bases (above ground) densely covered with
white dendritic hairs to protect the dormant centre of the plant from desiccation during the dry season.
The dense hairs are also capable of capturing any available moisture, such as that from condensation,
as a further aid for survival during this period. The new species, D. ordensis, is also densely covered
with white dendritic hairs and uses the same dry dormancy adaptation as D. lanata.

Allen Lowrie, Drosera ordensis

365

Description

Drosera ordensis A. Lowrie, sp. nov.

Drosera lanata Kondo affinis sed petiolo oblanceolato 2-4 mm lato, lamina 3.5-5 mm lata, scapo
(inflorescentia includenti) 20-45 cm longo.

Typus: Weaber Plains Road, 7.6 km N from Hidden Valley Caravan Park, Kununurra, Western
Australia, Allen Lowrie 4, 1 April 1988 (holo: PERTH 03391175; iso: BRI, DNA CANB, MEL,
NSW).

Fibrous rooted perennial herb, often forming large compact clumps. Leaves in a flat, semi-erect
basal rosette; petiole oblanceolate in outline, 0.5-1 mm wide near base, 2-4 mm wide near apex,
narrowed to 0.8-1 mm wide at the base of the lamina, commonly 35-50 mm long at flowering, later
increasing in size, both surfaces densely covered with white, dendritic, long woolly hairs; lamina
suborbicular, 3-4 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide, adaxial surface with retentive glands marginal on the
lamina and smaller glands within, abaxial surface densely covered with white, dendritic, long woolly
hairs. Inflorescence 20-45 cm long (including scape), forming a many-flowered crowded raceme,
covered with white, dendritic, long woolly hairs. Sepals obovate, 2.5-5 mm long, 1 .2-3 mm wide,
abaxial surface densely covered with white, dendritic, long woolly hairs; petals various shades of pink
to almost white, obovate, with strong mid- vein, 7-10 mm long, 3.5-6 mm wide; 3.5-4 mm

long; ovaty turbinate, 1-1.5 mm long, 1.5-L7 mm diam. at anthesis, carpels' 3, bilobed; s/y/es 3, each
repeatedly branched above the segments and terminating in a narrowly ovoid stigma, styles 2.7-3
mm long (including the stigmas). (Figure 1)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Revolver Creek, upper slopes of the southern
Carr Boyd Ranges, 12 March 1978, T.G. Hartley 14503 (PERTH); 20 km north-west of Kununurra,
northeastern Kimberley, 7 March 1978, M. Lazarides 8417 (PERTH); Bindoola Creek, 8.5 km west-
south-west of Home Valley HS, northeastern Kimberley, 17 March 1978, M. Lazarides 8610
(PERTH); Carlton Hill Station, lower Ord River, 21 January 1951, C.A. Gardner 9823 (PERTH);
Between Smoke Creek and Flying Fox Creek, SW of Lake Argyle, 2 May 1980, A.S. Weston 12211
(PERTH); 2.8 km SE from the entrance of Zebra Rock Farm on Pack Saddle Plains Road, then 3.5 km
SW on dirt track, Kununurra, 16Junel993,A.Lownc708 (PERTH); 100 m SW of Victoria Highway,
22.9 km SE of Kununurra, 16 June 1993, A. Lowrie 712 (PERTH).

Affinities. The closest relative to Drosera ordensis appears to be D. lanata Kondo as the leaves of
both species are densely covered with long woolly dendritic hairs. The collection of Lazarides 8610
was listed by Kondo (1984) as D. lanata but is here recognised as Drosera ordensis. The author has
seen live specimens of D. lanata in the field at the type location near Mareeba, north Queensland and
on the West Alligator River West Branch in the Northern Territory. Both D. ordensis and D. lanata
grow in similar habitats, in sandy soils in regions more arid than the habitats of most other species in
the D. petiolaris complex. The dense hairy covering is no doubt an adaptation for survival in this harsh
environment and probably acts as insulation against desiccation.

Tbe dense dendritic hairs of D. lanata capture minute droplets of water from the moisture laden
early morning air. These minute droplets combine with each other to form larger droplets at the
base of each hair which eventually fall to the soil at the base of the plant.

366

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Figure 1 . Drosera ordensis A - plant showing habit, B - sepal, C - petal, D - gynoecium, E - leaf,
F - 3-carpellate ovary, base view, G - dendritic hair from leaf, not to scale. Scale bars = 1 mm.

Allen Lowrie, Drosera ordensis

367

Habitat. Drosera ordensis grows in sandy soils derived from sandstone rock. Large colonies of plants
are commonly found near banded sandstone rock outcrop formations. Here the soil remains moist
longer than in the surrounding open plains country because of the additional rain runoff from the
nearby rock formations. The overall region is open woodland and the habitat is often well-covered with
tall cane grass {Sorghum species). The cane grass is not thick and therefore quite open to the light
at ground level. It is here amongst the cane grass stems, that offer just a little shade relief from the sun,
that D. ordensis thrives.

Notes. The dry season is generally from May-November, however, shallow depressions, spring fed
watersheds, rock outcrop areas and floodplains remain moist for long periods well into the dry season.
Heavy condensation is also deposited on all low growing vegetation from early morning mists that
have been observed close to the ground in the early months of the dry season.

The tropical Drosera species of Northern Australia in the D.petiolaris complex have evolved a
number of different growth and dormancy strategies to suit their typical soil type and habitat
preferences during the wet and dry seasons. The dry season is hot and extremely dry.

The species of the D. petiolaris complex {sensu Kondo 1984), respond to the first rain of the wet
season by rapidly producing new leaf growth and inflorescences. By the time the heavier rains arrive,
well into the wet season, flowering is well-advanced for most species of this complex, however
D. dilatato-petiolaris and D.falconeri have finished flowering by this time. Leaf growth continues
rapidly throughout this season, especially after anthesis. Most species in the complex grow in habitats
that for the most part remain moist longer than the surrounding higher ground. Therefore the length
of the dry period in these habitats is considerably shorter and dormancy in these species does not
commence until well into the dry season.

Conservation status. Drosera ordensis is a common species within a 50 km radius of Kununurra and
is not under threat.

Etymology. The epithet, ordensis, refers to the alluvial valley of the Ord River in which this species
grows.

Acknowledgement

The author thanks the leaders of the 1993 LANDSCOPE Expedition to the Mitchell Plateau for the
opportunity to collect material oi Drosera ordensis in the Kimberley, and to the expedition members
for their assistance and companionship in the field.

References

Conn, Barry J. (1980). A review of Z)roiero in Papuasia. Brunonia 3: 209-216.

Kondo, K. (1984). Three new species of Drosera L. from Australia. Boletim Da Sociedade Broteriana ser. 2, 57: 51-60.
Marchant, N.G. & George, A. S. (1982). Drosera. In: George, A.S. (ed.) Floraof Australia. Volume 8: 383-385. (Australian
Government Publishing Service: Canberra.)

' He:

Nuytsia 9 (3): 369-373 (1994)

369

Stylidium pulviniforme (Stylidiaceae), a new species of triggerplant from
south-west Western Australia

Allen Lowrie' and Kevin F. Kenneally^

'6 Glenn Place, Duncraig, Western Australia 6023
Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Abstract

Lowrie, Allen and Kenneally, Kevin F. Stylidium pulviniforme (Stylidiaceae), a new species of
triggerplant from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 9 (3); 369-373 (1994). A new species of
Stylidium (Stylidiaceae) endemic to south-west Western Australia, S. pulviniforme Lowrie and
Kenneally, is described and illustrated.

Introduction

Stylidium pulviniforme described in this paper is endemic to the south-west of the state where it
appears to be confined to white sand on the margins of winter freshwater pools and in salt-free soils
above the high water line of salt lakes. It belongs to subgenus Nitrangium Endl., section Sonderella
Mildbr. (Mildbraed 1908) and is most closely related to S. corymbosum R. Br. and S. lepidum Benth.

Taxonomy

Stylidium pulviniforme Lowrie and Kenneally, sp. nov. (Figures 1 and 2)

Herba perennis parvula, caudice caespitoso, ramoso pulviniformi. Folia omnia radicalia, lineari-
lanceolata, margine hyalino, ad apicem serrata, infra carinata, mucronata, 3mm longa, 0.9 mm lata,
glabra. Inflorescentia dense glandulosa, 2. 5-4. 5 cm alta. Flores 3-5 in cyma parva. Inflorescentiae
bracteae lineares, 1-2 mm longae; bracteolae 0.6 mm longae. Calycis tubus glanduloso-pubescens, 4.5
mm longus; calycis lobi 2 mm longi, obtusi, glandulosi, albomarginati. Corolla alba; tubo lobos calycis
aequans. Corollae laciniae 2 posteriores obovato-ellipticae, 7 mm longae, 2 anteriores ellipticae 6 mm
longae, 2.7 mm latae, e basi roseomaculatae. Labellum minutum, 0.9 mm longum, ovatum, 2 basi
appendiculis instructum. Appendices faucis 2, pegmatimorphae, in tubo paulo infra lacinias posteriores
instructae. Capsula ellipsoidea, 6 mm longa, 2 mm lata.

Typus: near Mt Madden, 40 km N of Ravensthorpe, 33° 15'S, 119° 50'E, Western Australia,
28 November 1974, E.Wittwer 1507 (holo: PERTH 02991357; iso: CANB, K, KPBG, MEL, NSW).

370

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No, 3 (1994)

Figure 1 , Stylidium pulviniforme. A - flowering plant; B - leaf of basal rosette showing adaxial view (right) and lateral view (left);
C - hypanthium showing indumentum of glandular hairs; D - corolla (left) showing detail of throat (right); E - enlarged section
of the corolla tube showing ledge-like appendage in throat; F - labellum; G - lateral view of column (left), with the stigma grown
out (right); H - adaxial view of column and anthers (left), with the stigma grown out (right); I - abaxial view of column showing
anther stage (left) and stigma stage (right). Scale bar = 1 mm. Drawn from Lowrie 121 (PERTH).

Allen Lowrie and Kevin F. Kenneally, Stylidium pulviniforme

371

Small caespitose perennial, branched so as to form a dense flat-topped hard cushion up to c. 30
cm diameter. Leaves silvery grey, all basal, linear-lanceolate, glabrous, 3 mm long, 0.6 mm wide,
with a white hyaline margin, serrate near apex; lower surface carinate, the ridge hyaline like the
margins. Inflorescences cymose, 3-5 flowered, 2.5-4.5 cm high, densely glandular; bracts linear, 1-2
mm long; bracteoles 0.6 mm long. Hypanthium narrow-cylindrical 4.5 mm long, glandular-
pubescent. Sepals 2 mm long, free to base, obtuse, glandular-pubescent, hyaline-margined. Corolla
white, vertically paired; tube equal in length to sepals; two anterior lobes elliptic, 6 mm long, 2.7 mm
wide with red marks at the base of each lobe; two posterior lobes obovate-elliptic, 7 mm long, 4 mm
wide. Labellum minute, ovate, 0.9 mm long, with two basal appendages, positioned on a small keel-
like ridge attached along the length of the corolla tube. Throat with 2 appendages in the form of
minute ledges deep in throat below posterior lobes. Capsule ellipsoid, 6 mm long and 2 mm wide.
Seeds pale, densely papillate.

Figure 2. Stylidium pulviniforme. Photograph of flowering material cultivated at the Western Australian
Herbarium, grown from plants collected at the type locality by E. Wittwer, November 1974.

372

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3(1994)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Lake Johnston, 17 October 1984,

H. Demarz 10354 (KPBG); where the Phillips River crosses the Hyden-Ravensthorpe road, c. 4 km
N of the junction of Fitzgerald and Beatty Roads, 17 October \99Q,AUen Lowrie 121 (PERTH, MEL)
and 7 December 1990, Allen Lowrie 220 (PERTH); 2 miles east of Duladgin Rocks (31°10'S
119°4rE) north of Yellowdine, 2 September 1966, A. /f. Main s.n. (PERTH).

Distribution. Coolgardie District of the South-western Interzone and the Roe District of South-west
Botanical Province (Beard 1980), extending from Yellowdine in the north to Mt Madden in the south
and eastwards to Lake Johnston.

Ecology. This species occurs in white sand on the margins of winter freshwater pools and in salt-free
soils above the high water line of salt lakes. The associated vegetation is a shrubland of Melaleuca
thyoides Turcz. and Darwinia diosmoides (DC.) Benth.

Flowering period. September-November.

Conservation status. CALM Conservation Code for Western Australian Flora: Priority One - Poorly
Known Taxa - known from one or a few (generally <5) populations which are under threat.

Chromosome number. n=14.

Etymology. The specific epithet alludes to the habit of the new species in forming colonies of cushion-
like plants.

Discussion

The new species is distinctive, although clearly related to S. corymbosum R. Br. and S. lepidum
Benth. These three species are similar in having small, cymose inflorescences (not racemes), and
ledge-like throat appendages borne well down in the throat (Erickson 1958). Stylidium pulviniforme
differs from S. corymbosum and S. lepidum in having a very short glandular scape, very short leaves
with white hyaline margins (serrate near the apex) and a carinate ridge on their abaxial surface; white
corolla lobes, which are marked red at base, and a short ovary. The column of S. pulviniforme is
similar to that of5. lepidum in that they both work from below, the pollen or stigma touching the lower
side of an insect’s abdomen.

Key to Stylidium pulviniforme and related species

1. Leaf margins entire S. corymbosum

1 . Leaf margins serrate

2. Scape glabrous; labellum with apical point S. lepidum

2. Scape densely glandular hairy; labellum without apical point S. pulviniforme

The seed coats of Stylidium species appear to provide a useful taxonomic character for
identification, and it is our intention to examine this feature in forthcoming publications. S. pulviniforme
has a seed coat with a densely papillate surface. (Figure 3)

Allen Lowrie and Kevin F. Kenneally, Stylidium pulviniforme

373

Figure 3. SEM photographs of a seed of S. pulviniforme showing the densely papillate surface. From Lowrie 220(PERTH).

Acknowledgements

We wish to thank Mrs Pauline Farrell, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, Perth for checking the
collecting details of the type material. Dr John Kuo, Electron Microscopy Centre, University of
Western Australia, kindly provided the SEM photographs and Dr S. James, Botany Department,
University of Western Australia, the chromosome count.

References

Beard, J.S. (1980). A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia. Western Australian Herbarium Res. Notes No. 3: 37-58.
Erickson, Rica (1958). "Triggerplants". (Paterson Brokensha Pty Ltd: Perth.)

Milbraed, J. (1908) Stylidiaceae. In: E. Engler, (ed.) Das Planzenreich IV no.278 (35), 98 pp. (Verlag H.R. Engelmann,
Weinheim: Germany.)

Nuytsia 9 (3): 375-382 (1994)

375

Chamaexeros longicaulis (Dasypogonaceae), a new species from
Walpole, south western Australia, with additional notes on Chamaexeros

T.D. Macfarlane

Western Australian Herbarium, C/- Manjimup Research Centre, Department of Conservation
and Land Management, Brain Street, Manjimup, Western Australia 6258

Abstract

Macfarlane, T.D. Chamaexeros longicaulis (Dasypogonaceae), a new species from Walpole,
south western Australia, with additional notes on Chamaexeros. Nuytsia 9 (3): 375-382 (1994). The
new species is described and illustrated with photographs. Chamaexeros longicaulis is most closely
related to C. serra but differs in several characteristics including three unique in the genus: elongated
stems, elongated rhizomes resulting in vegetative reproduction, and thickened vertical rhizomes which
presumably provide for storage of reserves. The species is of conservation interest owing to the small
number of populations known, and is listed among conservation priority taxa for Western Australia.
A revised key to the species of Chamaexeros is presented. Features of the ovary, capsule and seed are
clarified for this genus. Horal measurement data are given for all species. A range extension is noted
for C. serra.

Introduction

Two recent taxonomic accounts of Chamaexeros Benth. have been published (Kuchel 1976,
George 1986). Three described species were recognised prior to this paper, although George (1986)
refers to a possibly undescribed fourth taxon represented by a 1950 collection by D.M. Churchill
housed in the Western Australian Herbarium. This specimen, which is (virtually) without flowers, was
not seen by Kuchel because it was identified as Tricoryne sp. until recognised as belonging to
Chamaexeros by G.J. Keighery in 1979.

Following discovery of plants matching the Churchill collection at Rest Point near Walpole, the
author kept the population under observation until flowering occurred. The more extensive flowering
and subterranean material then collected was sufficient to confirm that the plants represented a new
species, which is here formally described.

Chamaexeros longicaulis T. Macfarlane, sp. nov. (Figures 1 and 2)

Herba perennis coloniam formans. Rhizomata longa praesentia, horizontalia, obliqua et verticalia.
Caules ad 30 cm longi. Folia plana, membranacea mollia. Inflorescentia plerumque cy mae compactae
umbelliformis.

376

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Typus: opposite Rest Point golf course, 1 50 m NW along Rest Point Road from Sandy Beach track, Rest
Point, 1 .5 km SW of Walpole, Western Australia, 34° 59' S, 1 16° 43' E, 5 Nov. 1986, T.D. Macfarlane
1731 (holo: PERTH 02664674; iso: AD, CANB, K, MEL, NSW, NY, P, PERTH 02664682 &
02664690).

Perennial colony-forming semi-woody plants. Roots wiry, arising from the rhizomes. Rhizomes
of two kinds, slender and stout; slender rhizomes horizontal, ascending vertically or obliquely, or
descending obliquely, located near soil surface or to 20 cm below it, up to 15 cm long, 1-2.5 mm
diameter, with cataphylls c. 15 mm long, usually widely spaced, scarious, tough; stout rhizomes
descending vertically, up to 20 cm long, 3-9 mm diameter, with cataphylls 2-8 mm long, closely spaced,
fragile. Stems perennial, decumbent to erect, usually unbranched, arising usually 3-6 cm below ground
level from the tip or along the length of the horizontal or ascending, slender rhizomes, occasionally
from the upper region of stout rhizomes, up to 30 cm long, c. 3 mm diameter, woody, tough. Young
stems covered by imbricate, white, sheathing cataphylls, changing to leaves above ground level. Older
stems with crowded green leaves on upper 7-10 cm, with dead leaves or bare stem marked with leaf
scars below. Leaves with blade 6-16 cm long, 2-5 mm wide, flat, relatively thin and soft, acute, obtuse
or rounded, with margins white, scarious, the marginal membrane entire or fringed, sometimes absent
or minute in the apical partof the blade. lnflorescences\-Zpcx shooi, 2-20 cm long including peduncle,
a compact umbel-like cyme on a simple peduncle or occasionally with a second cyme below the
terminal one, occasionally with a short cyme-bearing branch arising from within a cyme on the main
axis. Longest bracts (6)10-20(35) mm long, with broad sheathing base and short to long, leaf-like
blade, green in centre with white entire sheath margins and white fimbriate blade margins. Pedicels
5-17 mm long. Flowers c. 7 mm long, faintly scented; sepals bright yellow with central green stripe;
petals bright yellow; anthers 1-1.1 mm long; style c. 3.5 mm long. Capsules almost spherical (when
all locules setting seed, otherwise asymmetrical), with apex slightly depressed, smooth except for
grooves along the locule walls and the dehiscence zone in the middle of each locule, 3-locular, with
0-2 seeds maturing per locule. Seeds more or less reniform, c. 3.5 mm long, with endosperm, the ovule
embedded, small, 0.5 - 0.7 mm long, cylindrical, basal.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: N of Boggy Lake, Nov. 1950, Dr [D.M.]
Churchill s.n. (PERTH); Rest Point, 2 km WSW of Walpole, 27 Feb. 1986, G.J. Keighery 7999
(PERTH); opposite golfcourse. Rest Point, 5 km(«c)WofWalpole, 3 Nov. 1986, G.J. KeigheryS14l
(CBG n.v., NT «.v„ PERTH); head of Forest of Arms, just NE of Mt Hopkins, 1 Aug. 1987,
S.D. Hopper 5930 (CANB n.v., PERTH); margin of camping ground. Rest Point, near Walpole,

4 Nov. 1986, T.D. Macfarlane 1732 (PERTH); type locality, 5 Nov. 1986, T.D. Macfarlane 1733
(PERTH).

Distribution. The species is known only from the vicinities of Rest Point (34° 59' S, 1 16° 43' E) and
Boggy Lake (35° 02 S, 116° 40' E) near Walpole, on the south coast of south western Australia. The
above two localities are 7 .5 km apart and separated by Deep River. Near Rest Point there are large
populations of Chamaexeros longicaulis, but these are close to roads or recreational facilities. Further
populations occur at places along a 1 km track leading from the type locality through forest to Sandy
Beach. Areas away from roads have not been extensively searched for the species. The Boggy Lake
area is difficult of access and has not been extensively searched for C. longicaulis. Two populations
have been documented in that area, from north of Boggy Lake and c. 1 km south eastwards in the Forest
of Arms. Further undocumented information deriving from trekkers indicates another large population
a short distance north of Crystal Lake near Boggy Lake (A.S. Weston, personal communication).

T.D. Macfarlane, Chamaexeros longicaulis

■ill

Figure 1. Chamaexeros longicaulis. Plant with burnt old stem, thick vertical rhizomes and new shoots arising
from the old stem and from new, ascending, slender rhizomes. From T.D. Macfarlane 1731.

378

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Habitat. The species occurs on well-drained grey or white sand overlying clay, and brown sandy clay
containing lateritic gravel carrying Jarrah {Eucalyptus marginata Donn ex Smith) and Marri
{E. calophylla Lindley) forest, sometimes with Agonis flexuosa (Sprengel) Schauer trees, and a tall
shrub understorey, or Red Tingle (E. jacksonii Maiden) forest with an understorey of the sedge
Lepidosperma effusum Benth. and the shrub Acacia pentadenia Lindley. The rainfall in this area is
high, averaging 1369 mm per year at Walpole.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowering October-November. Fruiting January.

Discussion. Chamaexeros longicaulis is most closely related to C. serra (Endl.) Benth., these two
species sharing dense umbel-like inflorescences, but C. longicaulis differs in having elongated stems,
elongated rhizomes, softer and more flexible leaves, an exserted rather than usually concealed
peduncle which is naked rather than bracteate, green rather than scarious outer inflorescence bracts,
and longer flowers (Table 1). The remaining two species have open paniculate inflorescences (see the
key below).

Table 1. Measurements from flowers of Chamaexeros species.

Diagnostic measurements shown in bold. Observations made on reconstituted herbarium material;
measurements in mm.

Species

Flower length

Anther length

Style length

C. fimbriata

3.3-4.5

0.25-0.45

1-1.75

C. longicaulis

c. 6.9

1.0-1. 1

c. 3.5

C. macranthera

4.5-5.0

0.75-1.0

3. 4-3. 5

C. serra

5.0-5.7

0.8-0.9

3.1-3.25

Chamaexeros longicaulis occurs in large dense populations or colonies, sometimes having almost
the appearance of a sward. These dense populations are at least partly clonal owing to the vigorous
production of rhizomes. Nevertheless the species is capable of setting seed, and presumably of
reproducing in this way. Recovery from fire is chiefly by vegetative sprouting from partly burned
stems, from the apices of stout rhizomes which may be up to 5 cm below ground level, and from new
or old slender rhizomes. The stout rhizomes, which are brittle and appear rather fleshy when broken,
appear to function as reserve storage organs and sites of regeneration following fire or damage.

The possession of long horizontal rhizomes which give rise to new stems, the deeply penetrating
and fleshy stout rhizomes, and the elongation of the aerial stems of C. longicaulis are unique in the
genus. The other three species form tufts by very short (0.5 -1 cm) extensions of the woody rhizome
which each give rise to a single new leafy shoot that grows up closely adjacent to neighbouring shoots.
When longunburnt, C.fimbriata{F. Muell.) Benth. can in this way form clumps up to 1 metre diameter,
and the individual stems can attain 7 cm long as the apices are gradually buried by accumulating drift
soil and leaf litter. Similarly C. serra can exhibit stems up to 6 cm long when long unburnt. However
the stems of C. longicaulis commonly reach 20-30 cm in a comparatively short time after fire.

T.D. Macfarlane, Chamaexeros tongicaulis

379

Figure 2. Chamaexeros Umgicaulis. Plant showing the long stem, old horizontal slender rhizome from which the
plant arose, a vertical thick rhizome with a short horizontal slender rhizome growing from its tip, and new shoots
arising from ascending slender rhizomes. From T.D. Macfarlane 1731.

380

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

The three previously known species of Chamaexeros all have wide geographic ranges. They all
have tough, rather thick leaves which accords with their ranges being at least partly in relatively low
rainfall areas. None of these three species occur in the high rainfall karri and tingle forests of south
western Australia. Chamaexeros longicaulis, with its thinner, softer leaves, has a restricted geographic
range limited to an area which has almost the highest rainfall in the south west of the continent. It is
not possible on present knowledge to say whether the current distribution of C. longicaulis is a
remnant of a formerly much wider distribution or whether the genus was primitively mesophytic or
xerophytic. However some speculations can be made on its evolution. The three more xerophytic
species have a caespitose habit, which can be considered the primitive state because it is less highly
specialised and seemingly less likely to have arisen from the strongly rhizomatous state of
C. longicaulis. The caespitose habit is also general in the large, closely related genus Lomandra Labill.
Two of the caespitose species, C. fimbriata and C. macrantheraKuchel, occur wholly or largely in the
arid zone, and they also both have large open branched inflorescences which seem more likely to have
given rise, by reduction and condensation, to the dense umbel-like inflorescences of the other two
species than the reverse. Thus there are grounds for considering thatC. longicaulis is an evolutionarily
advanced species.

Conservation status. Chamaexeros longicaulisis currently listed among the Declared Rare and Priority
Flora for Western Australia (Atkins 1994) as “Chamaexeros longicaulis ms”. It has been assigned the
Conservation Code 2, which is for poorly known taxa which are known from one or a few populations,
at least some of which are not believed to be under immediate threat. The species is very restricted
geographically as far as is presently known. However the known populations are large, and the
vigorous vegetative reproduction and regeneration after fire, coupled with their occurrence in forest
in the Walpole-Nornalup National Park (including the Nuyts Wilderness area) mean that the species,
as a whole, is not threatened. Nevertheless, the Rest Point populations are near roads and recreation
areas so that they are vulnerable to future developments and road modifications. Consideration should
be given to the need to appropriately record the existence of these populations so that they can be taken
into account in the planning of human activities in the area, and to the advisability of monitoring them.

Etymology. The epithet longicaulis - long-stemmed is a compound of the Latin words longus - long
and caulis - stem.

Key to the species of Chamaexeros

1 . Inflorescence an open panicle

2. Leaves terete, not glaucous; plants rooting from base of stem only C. fimbriata

2. Leaves flat, glaucous; plants rooting from all along the stem C. macranthera

1 . Inflorescence condensed, umbel-like

3. Stems short, up to 6 cm long; plants lacking long subterranean rhizomes,
forming discrete tufts; leaves relatively thick and tough; inflorescence

bracts all straw-coloured to white, up to 7 mm long C. serra

3. Stems long, up to 30 cm long; plants with long subterranean rhizomes,
often forming colonies; leaves thin and soft; outer inflorescence bracts
having green leaf-like blade with white fimbriate margins,

10-20 mm long

C. longicaulis

T.D. Macfarlane, Chamaexeros longicaulis

381

General discussion

The new species conforms well to current circumscriptions of Chamaexeros (Stevens 1978,
George 1986) in possessing such features as bright yellow bisexual flowers, a simple style, two ovules
per locule and fimbriate leaf margins. New features for the genus are the long stems and the two types
of rhizome, the slender ones which provide vigorous vegetative reproduction, and the stout ones which
presumably provide for reserve storage.

Certain generic features of Chamaexeros have been described incorrectly in the past or have been
based on very few observations. These are discussed and clarified below.

Chamaexeros was long thought to have one ovule per locule (Bentham 1878, Kuchel 1976) but
Stevens (1978), George (1986) and Macfarlane (1987) stated that there are two per locule. This latter
situation was confirmed for all four species in the present study.

The perianth segments of Chamaexeros were stated to be free by Kuchel (1976) and George (1986)
and not explicitly described by Bentham (1878). However as mentioned by Macfarlane (1987), they
are slightly connate at the base.

Bentham (1878) indicated, without being explicit, that there is a difference in the insertion of the
antipetalous and antisepalous stamens. Kuchel (1976) and George (1986) stated that the antipetalous
stamens are inserted on the petals while the antisepalous ones are hypogynous. However, careful
examination of all four species during the present study has confirmed a previous description
(Macfarlane 1987) that all six stamens are adnate to the segments at the base, or more exactly are
inserted just above the base of the segments.

Capsules of Chamaexeros were unknown to Bentham (1 878) but were described for C.fimbriata
by Kuchel (1976), and George (1986) added information on those of C. serra. In addition to the above
description of the capsule of C. longicaulis, I note that the capsules of C. macranthera (J. Brown 22 1 ,
PERTH) resemble those of the other species. Although usually described as spherical or globular,
Chamaexeros capsules are often beaked or curved when seeds fail to develop in one or two of the
locules.

The seeds of Chamaexeros, described very briefly by previous authors, are described more fully
above for C. longicaulis. They are similar in shape, colour, texture and internal structure to those of
the related genera Lomandra and Romnalda P.F. Stevens.

Floral features have not been much emphasised in distinguishing the species of Chamaexeros.
Kuchel (1976) gave measurements of the flowers of the three species then known, andC. macranthera
was named for its longer anthers. Measurements made during this study confirm that this species has
longer anthers than those of C. fimbriata, but also show that the real distinction is between the short
anthers of C. fimbriata (0.25-0.45 mm long) and the longer ones of the other three species, whose
ranges of anther lengths overlap or adjoin (combined range 0.75-1.1 mm long). The anthers of
Chamaexeros longicaulis are at the upper limit of this range. Among several floral features
investigated during this study, two other measurements, flower length and style length, showed a clear
disjunction for one species against the other three, with C. longicaulis being at the upper end of the
range and C. fimbriata at the lower end (Table 1). Distinctly longer flowers characterise

382

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

C. longicaulis, and C.fimbriata stands out by its shorter style. These measurements thus have some
utility for identification purposes and could have been used in the above key had there not been
sufficient distinctions using more obvious characters.

A note on the distribution of Chamaexeros serra

Chamaexeros serra, previously thought to reach its northern limit near Perth and at Tammin
(George 1986, Macfarlane 1987), is now known from 220 km further north of Perth near Eneabba
(C. Chapman s.n., 17 Aug. 1974, PERTH; E.A. Griffin 3143, PERTH).

Acknowledgements

I thank the following for discussion or making collections available: A. P. Brown, G.J. Keighery,
S.D. Hopper, G. Wardell-Johnson, A.S. Weston. P.G. Wilson kindly translated the Latin description.
H.R. White took the photographs.

References

Atkins, K.J. (1994). Declared rare and priority flora list for Western Australia. Unpublished document, 52 pp. (Department
of Conservation and Land Management: [Como].)

Beard, J.S. (1980). A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia. Western Australian Herbarium Research Notes 3: 37-
58.

Bentham, G. (1878). "Flora Australiensis” 7: 110-111. (L. Reeve & Co.: London.)

George. A.S. ( 1 986). Chamaexeros. In: “Flora of Australia” 46: 90-9 1 (Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.)
Kuchel. R.H. (1976). A taxonomic revision of the genus Chamaexeros Benth. (Xanthorrhoeaceae). Nuytsia 2: 118-123.

Macfarlane, T.D. (1987). Chamaexeros. In: Marchant, N.G.etal., “Flora of the Perth Region" 2: 740-741 . (Western Australian
Herbarium: [South Perth].)

Stevens, P.F. (1978). Generic limits in the Xeroteae (Liliaceae sens. lat.). S. Arnold Arbor. 59: 129-155.

Nuytsia 9 (3): 383-385 (1994)

383

C.R.P. Andrews’ species of Acacia (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae): typincation of the names

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Abstract

Maslin, B R. and Cowan, R.S. C.R.P. Andrews’ species oi Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae):
typification of the names. Nuytsia 9 (3): 383-385 (1994). The type status of the names for the five
species of Acacia from south-west Western Australia published by C.R.P. Andrews in 1904 has been
assessed. We have ascertained that the holotypes of these names are held at the National Herbarium
of New South Wales (NSW) and that isotypes are held at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)
and the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (K).

Introduction

C.R.P. Andrews (1904) described five new species of Acacia from south-west Western Australia,
namely, A. ancistrophylla, A. cometes, A. camptoclada, A. eretnaea and A. lasiocalyx. Type material
of these taxa is held in the National Herbarium of New South Wales (NSW), the Western Australian
Herbarium (PERTH) and the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (K). NSW has two sets of specimens, one
originating from Cecil Andrews’ private herbarium and the other from (or assumed to be from)
W.V. Fitzgerald’s private herbarium. The specimens with “Herb. Cecil Andrews’’ labels (which are
annotated in Andrews’ hand) accord well with the protologues and are here regarded as holotypes.
These sheets are stamped as having been received by NSW on 27 April 1915 but it is not known why
Andrews deposited them there. At that time Andrews was Director of Education in Western Australia
and there existed in Perth two, albeit small, institutional herbaria (Green 1990). None of the other
specimens (isotypes) at NSW nor those at K and PERTH are annotated by Andrews, nor do any have
“Herb. Cecil Andrews” labels. Some of the NSW isotypes have printed labels which clearly show them
as originating from W.V. Fitzgerald’s private collection. The remaining NSW isotypes have labels
which are titled “Herbarium of the Department of Agriculture, W.A.”; as these are annotated in
Fitzgerald’s hand it is assumed here that they too originated from W.V. Fitzgerald’s private collection.
The Kew specimens were all presented to that institution by W.E. Blackall in Jan. 1 936. The PERTH
specimens were acquired as donations from NSW, from C.A. Gardner’s private herbarium or their
origin is unknown. A summary of the typification of Andrews’ Acacia names follows.

384

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Typification of C.R.P. Andrews’ Acacia names

Acacia ancistrophylla C.R.P. Andrews, J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 40 (1904). Type citation: “I
found this species in flower on red clay, near Dundas, in October, 1903.” Holotype: red clay, near
Dundas, W.A., Oct. 1903, Herb. Cecil Andrews (NSW). Isotypes: K (presented by W.E. Blackall in
Jan. 1936), NSW (ex herb. W.V. Fitzgerald), PERTH 00739995 (ex herb. C.R.P. Andrews, in Herb.
C.A. Gardner no. 1312a), PERTH 00740403 (fragment, origin unknown), PERTH 00740411 (ex
herb. NSW, in W.E. Blackall Collection).

Note. Acacia ancistrophylla is treated in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia” account of Acacia as
comprising three closely related varieties.

Acacia camptoclada C.R.P. Andrews, J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 39 (May 1904), non E.Pritzel
(Dec. 1904). Type citation: “I found this species in flower on red clay, near Dundas, in October, 1903.”
Holotype: red clay, near Dundas, W.A., Oct. 1903, Herb. Cecil Andrews (NSW). Isotypes: K
(presented by W.E. Blackall in Jan. 1936), NSW (presumably ex herb. W.V. Fitzgerald, on a label with
the heading “Herbarium of the Department of Agriculture, W.A.” crossed-out), PERTH 00743593 (in
Herb. C.A. Gardner No. 13086).

Acacia cometes C.R.P. Andrews, J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 39 (1904). Type citation: “I found
this species in flower on clay soil near Ravensthorpe on the Phillips River in October, 1 903.” Holotype:
clay soil, Ravensthorpe, W.A., Oct. 1903, Herb. Cecil Andrews (NSW). Isotypes: K (presented by
W.E. Blackall in Jan. 1936), NSW (in herb. W.V. Fitzgerald), PERTH 00745235 (ex herb. NSW),
PERTH 00745219 (in herb. C.A. Gardner No. 1310a), PERTH 00745227 (? ex herb. W.E. Blackall)
and PERTH 00745170 (origin unknown).

Note. Acacia cometesis treated as conspecific withA. lachnophyllaF. Muell. in the forthcoming “Flora
of Australia” account of Acacia.

AcaciaeremaeaC.R.P. Andrews, J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1:40(1904). Type citation: “I found
this species in flower on dry clay soil near Cue in July, 1903.” Holotype: clay soil. Cue, W.A., July
1 903, Herb. Cecil Andrews (NSW). Isotypes: K (presented by W.E. Blackall in Jan. 1936). llsotype:
Cue, Aug. 1903, C.R.P. Andrews (NSW, label annotated by W.V. Fitzgerald with the heading
“Herbarium of the Department of Agriculture, W.A.” crossed out; Fitzgerald probably erroneously
recorded the date of collection as “Aug.” instead of July), PERTH 00750972 (ex NSW), PERTH
00750557 (in Herb. C.A. Gardner No. 1309d), PERTH 00750964 (origin unknown).

A. lasiocalyx C.R.P. Andrews, J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 41 (1904). Type citation: “I found this
very handsome species in flower on sand plains near the Gairdner and Hammersley Rivers in October,
1903.” Holotype: sandplains, near Gairdner and Hammersley Rivers, W.A., Oct. 1903, Herb. Cecil
Andrews (NSW). ? Isotypes: Jerramongup, Oct. 1903, C.R.P. Andrews (NSW, label annotated by
W.V. Fitzgerald with the heading “Herbarium of the Department of Agriculture, W.A.” crossed out;
Fitzgerald probably interpreted the type locality as “Jerramongup” [= Jerramungup]), PERTH
00762598 (ex NSW), PERTH 00762571 (in Herb. C.A. Gardner No. 13046).

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, C.R.P. Andrews' Acacia species

385

Acknowledgements

We wish to thank the Directors of the National Herbarium of New South Wales (NSW) and the
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (K), for allowing us access to their material which is cited in this paper.
We are particularly grateful to Phillip Kodela for supplying valuable information on Andrews'
specimens at NSW and to Dr Greg Leach (Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, 1990-91) for
supplying photocopies of archival material from Kew. Special thanks are extended to the Australian
Biological Resources Study for financial support.

References

Andrews, C.R.P. (1904). Additions to the West Australian flora. J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. No. 1: 38-41.

Green, J.W. (1990). History of early Western Australian herbaria. In Short, P.S. (ed.). “History of systematic botany in
Australasia” pp. 23-27. (Australian Systematic Botany Society: South Yarra, Victoria.)

Nuytsia 9 (3): 387-398 (1994)

387

William Vincent Fitzgerald’s species of Acacia (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae): typification of the names

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Abstract

Maslin, B.R. and Cowan, R.S. William Vincent Fitzgerald’s species of Acacia (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae): typification of the names. Nuytsia9(3): 387-398 (1994). William Vincent Fitzgerald
described 33 new species of Acacia in four papers published between 1904 and 1917. Notes on these
publications and on the specimens used by Fitzgerald are provided. Lectotypes are selected for 23
names, based on specimens located at BM (4), PERTH (6) and NSW (13).

Introduction

William Vincent Fitzgerald was born on the Mangana goldfield in north-eastern Tasmania on
21 July 1867 and at 16 was training for a career in mining at the School of Mines in that State. About
1890 he began corresponding with, and sending plant specimens to, F. Mueller in Melbourne. In 1903
he was a member of the Western Australian Commission on Forests and the following year became
chairman of the Forests Advisory Board of Western Australia. In 1904 Fitzgerald described 23 species
of Acacia, mostly from the south-west of Western Australia in the inaugural number of “Journal of the
West Australian Natural History Society” (Fitzgerald 1904). In April 1905 he was appointed
temporarily to the Department of Lands and Surveys as naturalist to the trigonometrical survey
expedition to the Kimberley region led by Charles Crossland (Kenneally 1 986). Then in 1906 he was
sent, at the direction of the Minister of Lands, to survey the potential for arable lands in several river
valleys of the Kimberley region (Hall 1978). As a result of these explorations Fitzgerald produced
reports for parliament, published initially in the “Western Australian Year Book 1905-1906.” These
reports included general comments on the flora, fauna, extent of arable land and prospects for gold
mining but did not mention specifically any of the new species he stated he had collected. In 1912 he
described six new south-west Western Australian species of Acacia in “Journal of Botany”. It was not
until 1917 that three of the new Acacia species collected during the 1905 Kimberley expedition were
described by Fitzgerald (in Maiden 1917). In a later paper in this same volume Maiden (1917a)
published Fitzgerald’s south-west Western Australian species, A. drewiana.

Because most of the names published by Fitzgerald have not been typified, we have taken the
opportunity presented by our work with the “Flora of Australia” to recognise holotypes or to select
lectotypes wherever possible. This process is based on a study of Fitzgerald specimens at many
herbaria, especially the principal sets at BM, NSW and PERTH.

388

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Methods

The four publications by Fitzgerald in which new species of Acacia were described have different
histories and deal with species from different geographical areas. We consider here each paper
separately, arranged chronologically by date of publication. For each paper we provide information
relevant to the typification of the names contained therein. For each new species we provide the taxon
name and author citation, the place of publication and a precise quotation of the type citation given in
the protologue; this is followed by the type designation in which we give the data on the type sheet, the
abbreviation of the herbarium holdi ng the principal type specimen and the abbreviations of the herbaria
holding duplicates of the type. A “Note” is generally attached to our consideration of each species and
the status of the name is often indicated here (if no indication is given it should be assumed that the name
under which the “Note” appears is the accepted name for that taxon).

Fitzgerald’s Acacia publications

1. Species described in J. W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 5-17 (1904)

Twenty -three new species of Acacia from south-west Western Australia were described in this
publication. These names were based on Fitzgerald’s own gatherings except for A. duriuscula and

A. resinomarginea (which were based on E. Kelso collections) andA. andrewsii (which was based on
both C.R.P. Andrews and W.V. Fitzgerald material). Some Fitzgerald collections were made in
September 1898 and July 1899, but most were gathered between June and November 1903.

Although many collections from Western Australia had been made earlier, it was not until the end
of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th, when Fitzgerald was collecting, that specimens
began to be retained locally, first at the Western Australian Museum with the encouragement of

B. H. Woodward, and slightly later at the Bureau (later Department) of Agriculture with the
appointment of Alexander Morrison as the first official botanist (Green 1990), Even though these
efforts provided focus for the beginning of two small herbaria in Perth many collections continued
to leave the State. The collections of W.V. Fitzgerald provide an example of this outward flow of
materials. According to Green (1990; 24) “Fitzgerald donated a set of specimens to the Department
of Agriculture, of which many duplicates went to J.H. Maiden in NSW.” In addition, NSW purchased
a set of specimens in about late 1909 (via J. Staer, K.F. Kenneally pers. comm.), which, as noted below,
we suspect represented Fitzgerald’s personal collection. Also, as will be seen from the discussions
below, some specimens even found their way to European herbaria such as BM and K.

The best representation of collections on which Fitzgerald based his new Acacia names for species
published in this 1904 paper are at NSW and PERTH. From our examination of these materials we
have discerned what appear to be patterns that reflect the historical flow of specimens referred to
above. This information has been used in our deliberations on the typification of Fitzgerald Acacia
names. The Acacia specimens are accompanied by two types of printed labels, both of which are
annotated in Fitzgerald’s hand:

(1) Labels on pink paper stock. PERTH has the most comprehensive set of specimens with this type
of label, both in terms of the number of taxa represented and the data content of the labels. Of the
21 species based on Fitzgerald collections, PERTH has specimens with pink labels on all but one (i.e.
A. acutata) whereas NSW has only 13. Furthermore, the PERTH labels normally record some of the

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, W.V. Fitzgerald's Acacia species

389

habit and/or habitat data which appear in the protologue, but these notes are absent from the NSW
specimens. We suspect that this PERTH collection of Fitzgerald specimens with pink labels was part
of the set he donated to the W.A. Department of Agriculture (see above). The (incomplete) NSW set
seemingly comprises duplicates of this same collection sent by Fitzgerald prior to his May 1904
publication. We reach this conclusion because notes on the NSW sheets of A. comans and A. euphleba
show that Fitzgerald had corresponded with NSW in April 1 904 requesting that specimens he had sent
earlier be redetermined, the original manuscript names for these taxa to be replaced with new names.

(2) Labels on white stock. NSW has a very comprehensive set of specimens on white paper stock,
whereas PERTH has none. Of the 21 species based on Fitzgerald collections, NSW has 19 specimens
with these particular white labels. Interestingly, each of these labels is annotated “Type” by Fitzgerald
but we consider that he was probably not using the term in today’s sense, that is as nomenclatural
types, and was not lectotypifying his names. We suspect that these specimens were part of
Fitzgerald’s personal collection which NSW purchased in late 1909 (see above).

In view of the fact that two annotated sets of Fitzgerald collections exist, lectotypification is
regarded as desirable. In designating lectotypes we have given preference to those NSW specimens
which we assume originated from Fitzgerald’s personal herbarium, i.e. those with the white labels
(see 2 above), In general these specimens are the more complete, although their label information
is not as comprehensive as that given on competing PERTH specimens with pink labels. Therefore,
unless otherwise noted in the following list, it should be assumed that the lectotypes, holotypes and
many paralectotypes at NSW (but not commonly the isolectotypes) are accompanied by labels on
white stock. We have avoided selecting unmounted NSW specimens as lectotypes when another
choice was possible because of the real possibility of the actual content changing over the years or
the labels becoming mixed. For PERTH specimens, only those with pink labels have been annotated
by Fitzgerald and, unless otherwise noted, it should be assumed that it is these specimens which are
cited below.

Acacia acuaria W. Fitzg., J. W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 7 (1904). Type citation: “Cunderdin, fl.
Aug.,fr.Nov. 1903; Mingenew,fl. Sept. 1903. -W.V. F.” Lecrot>'pe(here selected): Cunderdin, W.A. ,
Aug. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH (X)739359, flowering specimen); isolectotype: NSW.
Paralectotype I (fruiting specimens): Cunderdin, W.A., Nov. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW,
PERTH (X)739340). Paralectotype 2 (flowering specimen): Mingenew, W.A., Sept. 1903,
W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW).

Note. The NSW specimens from Fitzgerald’s presumed personal collection are either unmounted or
depauperate, thus the lectotype has been selected from the PERTH material.

Acacia acutata W. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1:6(1 904). Type citation: “Cunderdin, August,
1903. - W.V.F.” Holotype: Cunderdin, W.A., Aug. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW); isotype: K
(comm. W.E. Blackall 1936).

Note. The Kew isotype does not bear Fitzgerald handwriting.

Acacia andrewsii W. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1 : 6 (1904). Type citation: “Watheroo, fl.
August, 1903. - C.R.P. Andrews; Wurarga, fr. Sept. 1903. - W.V.F.” Lectotype (here selected):
Watheroo, W.A., Aug. 1903, C.P.R. Andrews s.n. (PERTH 00740489, flowering specimen);
isolectotypes: K (comm. W.E. Blackall 1936), NSW, PERTH 00740470. Paralectotype (fruiting

390

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

specimens): Wurarga, W.A., Sept. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW, PERTH 00740497 - presumably
ex herb. W.E. Blackall).

Note. In order to apply this name with confidence it is preferable that Andrews’ flowering collection
be selected as lectotype rather than Fitzgerald’ s which is in fruit. The Andrews’ specimen at NSW from
Fitzgerald’s presumed personal collection is unmounted and rather depauperate, thus the lectotype has
been selected from the PERTH material.

AcaciacliftonianaW.Fitzg.,J.W. Austral, Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 10(1904). Type citation: “Arrino, Sept.
1903. - W.V.F.” Lectotype (here selected): Arrino, W.A., Sept. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW
167229); isolectotypes: NSW 167228, PERTH 00744743, 00744727 (ex herb. C.A. Gardner no.
1311a), 00744735 (fragment of unknown origin).

Note. This name will be treated as a subspecies of A. congesta in the “Flora of Australia” account of
Acacia.

Acacia comans W.V. Fitzgerald, J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 5 (1904). Type citation: “Arrino,
Sept. 1903. - W.V.F.” Lecfo/ype (here selected): Arrino, W. A., Sept. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW
216914); isolectotypes: NSW, PERTH 00745189.

AcaciadubiaW.Fitzg.,J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1:9(1904). Type citation: “Boulder, Sept. 1898.
-W.V.F.” Lectofype (here selected): Boulder, W.A., Sept. 1898, W.V Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 167219);
isolectotypes: PERTH 00749931 & 00133124 (ex herb. W.E. Blackall).

Note. Acacia dubia will be treated as a synonym of A. merrallii F. Muell. in the “Flora of Australia”
account of Acacia.

Acacia duriuscula W. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1 : 15 (1904). Type citation: “Coolgardie
district. - E. Kelso.” Syntype: Coolgardie district, W.A., E. Kelso s.n. (NSW); ? isosyntypes: NSW,
PERTH 00749974 (not ex herb. W.V. Fitzgerald) & 00749982 (ex Herbarium of the Department of
Agriculture, W.A.).

Note. According to the protologue this name was based on “two small specimens”. The only material
annotated by Fitzgerald that we have seen is at NSW and comprises a small flowering branchlet c.
1 0 cm long, accompanied by a label with the printed title “Herbarium of the Department of Agriculture,
W.A.” (but this title has been cancelled by hand). Much larger specimens of A. duriuscula collected
by Kelso in 1902 are at both NSW and PERTH but none are annotated by Fitzgerald; these are treated
here as possible isosyntypes. In the absence of seeing both specimens referred to by Fitzgerald, and
given the inadequacy of the authentic NSW material, we have refrained from lectotypifying the name.

Acacia euphlebaW. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 16(1904). Type citation: “Milly’s Soak
and Jack’s Well, Sept. 1903; Gwalia, Nov. 1903-W.V.F.” Lectorype.- Near Milly’s Soak, W.A. , Sept.
1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW), designated by B.Randell,J. Adelaide Bot.Gard. 14(2): 127(1992);
isolectotypes: NSW, PERTH 00751561. Paralectotype: Gwalia, W.A., Nov. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald
s.n. (n.v.).

Note. Acacia euphleba is treated as conspecific with A. craspedocarpaV. Muell. by Randell (loc. cit.).

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, W.V. Fitzgerald's Acacia species

391

Acacia exocarpoides W. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1; 7 (1904). Type citation: “Between
Lennonville and Boogardie, Sept. 1903. - W.V.F.” Lectotype (here selected); Near Lennonville
(between it and Boogardie), W.A., Sept. 1903, W.V'. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW); isolectotypes: NSW,
PERTH 00751006.

AcaciaflabellifoliaW. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1:11 (1904). Type citation: “Arrino, Sept.
1903. - W.V.F.” Lectotype (here selected): Arrino, W.A., Sept. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW);
isolectotypes: K (comm. W.E. Blackall 1936), NSW, PERTH 00752126 & 00752134 (fragment of
unknown origin).

Acacia linophylla W, Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 16 (1904). Type citation; “Cue, Mt.
Magnet, Sept. 1903. -W.V.F.”Lectotype.'Nannine,Cue,MtMagnet,W.A., Sept. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald
s.n. (PERTH 00763640), designated by B. Randell, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 14(2): 115 (1992);
isolectotypes: NSW, PERTH 00763659 (ex herb. C.A. Gardner no. 1283B).

Note. The two specimens that are annotated by Fitzgerald have three localities on their labels;
“Nannine, Cue, Mt. Magnet” but only the latter two were cited in the protologue (not all three as stated
by Randell, loc. cit.). From our examination of the available type material there is no indication that
more than a single gathering is involved. The label on the PERTH specimen selected by Randell as
lectotype is on pink paper stock, /tcacia /mopAy/Za is treated as conspecific with A. ramulosaFN. Fitzg.
by Randell {loc. cit.).

Acacia mooreanaW. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 10(1904). Type citation; “Capel River,
June 1903. - W.V.F.” Lectotype (here selected): Capel River, W.A., June 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n.
(NSW); isolectotypes: K (comm. W.E. Blackall 1936), NSW, PERTH 00764752.

AcaciamultilineataW. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 13(1904). Typecitation: “Arrino, sand
plains. September 1903.- W.V.F.”Z,ecro/ype(hereselected): Arrino, W.A., Sept. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald
s.n. (NSW 216915, left-hand specimen on sheet); isolectotypes: NSW 216915, right-hand specimen
on sheet, PERTH 00765813, 00765791 (ex herb. C.A. Gardner no. 1306B), 00765805 (fragment,
presumably ex herb. W.E. Blackall).

Note. The NSW type sheet supports two specimens of the same taxon, each with a label, the left-hand
one on white paper stock and the right-hand one on pink. These specimens were unmounted until
recently and we assume that the specimens and labels have been correctly matched. Acacia
multilineata will be treated as a subspecies of A. lineolata in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia”
account of Acacia.

Acacia neurophyllaW. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 13 (1904). Typecitation: “Cunderdin,
in fl. Aug. fr. Nov., 1903. - W.V.F.” Lectotype (here selected): Cunderdin, W.A., Aug. 1903,
W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW, flowering specimen); isolectotypes: NSW, PERTH 01 1 16673 (ex herb.
C.A. Gardner no. 1303B) & 01 16762. Paralectotype (fruiting specimens): Cunderdin, W.A., Nov.
1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW, PERTH 00765767 & 00765759 - ex herb. C.A. Gardner).

Note. Acacia neurophylla will be regarded as comprising two subspecies in the forthcoming “Flora
of Australia” account of Acacia.

392

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Acacia ramulosa W. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 15 (1904). Type citation: “Lennonville,
Sept. 1903. - W.V.F.” Lectotype: Lennonville, W.A., Sept. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH
00769975), designated by B.R. Randell, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 14(2): 115 (1992); isolectotype: NSW.

Acacia randeiliana W. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 14 (1904). Type citation: “Mount
Malcolm, fl. July, 1899; 12 miles north-east of Kanowna, fr. Nov. 1903. - W.V.F.” Lectotype (here
selected): Mount Malcolm, W.A., July 1899, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW, flowering specimen);
isolectotype: PERTH 00769991 . Paralectotype (fruiting specimens): 12 miles [19 km] north-east of
Kanowna, W.A., Nov. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW, PERTH 00769983 - not ex herb.
W.V. Fitzgerald).

Note. Acacia randeiliana will be treated as conspecific with a subspecies of A. acuminata in the “Flora
of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia resinimarginea W. Fitzg. (as ‘resinomarginea’), J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 15 (1904).
Type citation: “Coolgardie district. - E. Kelso.” Lectotype (here selected): Coolgardie district, W.A.,
without date, E. Kelso s.n. (NSW); isolectotypes (dated 1902): NSW, PERTH 00770043 (ex
Herbarium of the Department of Agriculture, W.A.).

Note. The lectotype is annotated by Fitzgerald on a “Herbarium of the Department of Agriculture,
W.A.” label (with “the Department of Agriculture W.A.” cancelled). Unlike the isolectotypes (which
are not annotated by Fitzgerald) the lectotype is without a collection date.

Acacia resinistipuleaW. Fitzg. (as ‘resinostipulea’), J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 12(1904). Type
citation: “Nine miles north of Bullabulling, Nov. 1903. - W.V.F.” Lectotype (here selected): 9 miles
[14.5 km] N of Bullabulling, W.A., Nov. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW); isolectotypes: NSW,
PERTH 00770078 «fe 00770051 (ex herb. C.A. Gardner no. 1307B).

Acacia ridleyana W, Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 12 (1904). Type citation: “Mogumber,
Nov. 1903. -W.V.F.”Lecfotype(hereselected):Mogumber,W.A., Oct. andNov. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald
s.n. (NSW); isolectotypes (Nov. 1903): NSW, PERTH 00769460.

Acacia sericocarpa W. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1 : 9 (1904). Type citation: “Cunderdin,
fl. Aug., fr. Nov. 1903. - W.V.F.” Lectotype (here selected): Cunderdin, Nov. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald
s.n (PERTH 00771589, right-hand fruiting specimen). Paralectotype: Cunderdin, Aug. 1903,
W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH 00771589, left-hand flowering specimen; PERTH 00771562, ex herb.
C.A. Gardner no. 1315B).

Note. No type material of A. sericocarpa has been located at NSW, therefore the lectotype is selected
from the PERTH collection. Two Fitzgerald specimens from Cunderdin at BM (ex NSW) are labelled
type but this is presumably an error as they are sterile and dated Aug. 1908.

Acacia tratmaniana W. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 8 (1904). Type citation: “Cunderdin,
August 1903. - W.V.F.” Holotype: Cunderdin, W.A., Aug. 1903, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH
00774200); isotypes: K (comm. W.E. Blackall 1936), PERTH 00774197 (ex herb. C.A. Gardner no.
1305B).

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, W.V. Fitzgerald’s Acacia species

393

Note. The only material seen which is annotated by Fitzgerald is the PERTH sheet which we regard
as the holotype.

Acacia vernicosa W. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1:11 (1904). Type citation: “Midland
Junction and vicinity, fl. July, fr. Oct. 1901. Serpentine, fl. Aug. 1902. - WVF.” Lectotype (here
selected): Midland Junction, W.A., July 1901, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH 00775339, flowering
specimen); isolectotypes: K {sphalm. “1903”, comm. W.E. Blackall 1936), NSW, PERTH 00775320
(ex herb, C.A. Gardner). Paralectotype 1 (fruiting specimen): Midland Junction, W.A., Oct. 1901,
W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). Paralectotype 2 (flowering specimen): Serpentine, W.A., Aug. 1902,
W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW).

Note. The NSW sheet presumed to be from Fitzgerald’s personal herbarium supports a single label,
a number of unmounted specimens and pods in an envelope. The label data is that given in the
protologue and it is not possible to determine with certainty what collection(s) are represented.
However, as the sheet may contain flowering specimens from both Midland Junction and Serpentine
we have selected as lectotype the PERTH specimen which gives only the Midland Junction locality.
Acacia vernicosa was treated as conspecific with A. incrassata Hook, by Maslin (1978).

Acacia xerophila W. Fitzg., J.W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1 : 8 (1904). Type citation: “Bardoc, July,
1899. - W.V.F,” Lectotype (here selected): Bardoc, W.A., July 1899, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW);
isolectotypes: PERTH 00776386 & 00776408 (fragment ex B).

Note. Fitzgerald’s Bardoc collection is also the type of A. fitzgeraldii E. Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35:
291 (Dec. 1904), published just seven months following the publication of A. xerophila. We assume
that Pritzel used a specimen at B to prepare his account; however, this specimen appears no longer
to exist (probably destroyed during the 1939-45 War) although PERTH has a fragment of it.

2. Species described in J. Bot. 50: 18-21 (1912)

This paper includes descriptions of miscellaneous new Western Australian taxa, including six
species of Acacia. The Acacia species were based on material collected by Fitzgerald himself
(A. hynesiana) and by R. Helms (A. inaequiloba), M. Koch (A. ewartiana, A. eremophila, A. kochii)
and F.H. Vachel (A. brachyclada).

A footnote on the first page of the paper states: “Specimens of the plants here described, with the
exception of A. inaequiloba and Regelia sparsifolia, are in the National Herbarium.” The authorship
of the note raises interesting and perhaps significant questions: if the note was Fitzgerald’s, one might
assume that the National Herbarium he referred to was that at Melbourne (MEL), but, if it was an
editorial note added by the editor, James Britten, to what herbarium was he referring? Although the
British Museum (Natural History) is rarely described as the “National Herbarium”, we found that at
least for Britten it was an accepted term. On page 245 of the same volume in which the paper was
published, in an article by Britten, he quotes another author who had written of the “Herb. Mus. Brit.”,
but in the next paragraph Britten refers to specimens “in the National Herbarium”. We therefore
conclude that the footnote was probably added by Britten and that the herbarium referred to was BM.
This is also in accord with the fact that there are specimens at BM of all but one (A. inaequiloba) of
the six Acacia species published by Fitzgerald in this 1912 paper.

394

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

The labels accompanying the BM specimens are in Fitzgerald’s hand and are from what we presume
was his personal herbarium. At NSW the specimens of the same collections (except A. hynesiana and
A. kochii) are annotated by Fitzgerald with the published name but unlike those at BM the rest of the
label is not in his hand and the specimens are not from his personal herbarium. Except where otherwise
noted below, specimens that we have seen of these same collections at K, MEL and PERTH are not
annotated by Fitzgerald. Since there are annotated sets of Fitzgerald specimens at both BM and NSW,
lectotypification is regarded as desirable. In designating lectotypes we have, except forA. inaequiloba,
given preference to the BM specimens.

Publication of this paper was delayed for some considerable time, apparently for lack of funds for
printing. On page 286 of the volume in which Fitzgerald’s new species were published, the editor,
James Britten, commented “We note with regret that the publication of several plants described by Mr.
W.V. Fitzgerald on pp. 18-23 has been anticipated by Dr. Ewart and Dr. Jean White in their
‘Contribution to the Flora of Australia’ [Ewart, White and Wood 191 1]... It is right to say that the
author is not to blame for this, at any rate in the majority of cases, as his paper had been in our
possession some time before its publication ....’’ He goes on to say that because Ewart and White had
failed to include Latin diagnoses, their names could not be regarded as validly published. While he
was correct at the time he wrote the note, the “International Code of Botanical Nomenclature’’ (Greuter
et al. 1988) has required Latin diagnoses for valid publication only since 1935. Of the six species of
Acacia described in this 1912 paper three had been published earlier by Ewart and White (191 1),
namely, A. ewartiana W. Fitzg. ex J. White (= A. dielsii E. Pritzel), A. leptoneura Benth. var.
eremophila W. Fitzg. ex Ewart &J. White (=A. eremophila W. Fitzg.) and A. kochii W. Fitzg. ex Ewart
& J. White. Both Fitzgerald and Ewart & White based their names on the same Max Koch collections,
although we know (or presume) that they used different specimens. A similar situation was
encountered by Short (1992): MEL specimens were used by Ewart and White to describe Trichinium
eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & White (1910) and, quite independently, Fitzgerald describcdPtilotus
eriotrichus (1912) on the basis of different specimens of tbe same collection at NSW.

Because three of the species in this 1912 paper were based on Max Koch collections, it must be
recalled that Koch’s numbers are taxon numbers, not collecting numbers, thus one often encounters
specimens with the same number but with different dates. This unfortunate situation often leads to
difficulties when typifying names based on Koch collections. Therefore, in order to specify
unambiguously a particular gathering one must associate the taxon number with a date of collection.
At NSW the problem is sometimes compounded by the earlier policy of not mounting specimens; as
a consequence there is the potential for labels and their associated specimens to become separated
and mixed.

Acacia brachyclada W. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 20 (1912). Type citation: “Kellerberin; F.H. Vachel”.
Lectotype (here selected): Kellerberrin, W.A., Dec. 1903, F.H. Vachell s.n. (BM); isolectotypes:
MEL (ex NSW), NSW (two sheets), PERTH 00742600 (fragment ex MEL).

Acacia eremophila W. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 19 (1912). Type citation; “Apud planities arenosa.
Cowcowing; Max Koch (nos. 1024, 1024a).’’ Lectotype (here selected): Cowcowing sandplain, W.A.,
Aug. 1904, M. Koch 1024a (BM); isolectotypes: NSW, PERTH 00763136, 00838292 & 01505246.
Paralectotype: Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, M. Koch 1024a (NSW, PERTH 00750980).

Note. Although the protologue lists Koc/i 1024 and 1024a as the basis forA. eremophila, this is clearly
an error; Koch’s own notes in archives of the Western Australian Herbarium lists a Grevillea species

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, W.V. Fitzgerald's Acacia species

395

for 1024 and A. eremophila for 1024a. The only herbarium where the number 1024 appears is at NSW
on a scrap of newsprint attached to a sheet annotated by Fitzgerald.

Koch 1024a comprises a mixed collection of both flowering and young fruiting specimens which
were gathered in July and August 1904 (judging from Koch’s own labels on specimens at BM, NSW
and PERTH) and presumably also September (judging from NSW 216932, which bears a “National
Herbarium of New South Wales” label). However, as far as we are aware, Fitzgerald has annotated
only the August and September collections as to the published name, thus the July collection is not
regarded as a type. Acacia leptoneura var. eremophila Ewart & White was also based on Koch 1 024a
but we have not examined the type material which we assume would be at MEL but only the original
drawings for figures 1-4 of the protologue have been located there (Short pers. comm.).

Acacia ewartianaW. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 19 (1912). Type citation: “Cowcowing; Max Koch (no. 998).”
Lectotype (here selected): Cowcowing, W.A., Aug. 1904, M. Koch 998 (BM); isolectotypes: K, MEL
(n.v., 2 sheets), NSW, PERTH 0075 161 8 . Paralectotype:Cowco'wing, W.A.,A/. Koch998, Sept. 1904
(MEL n.v., NSW, PERTH 00751596).

Note. We have seen specimens of Koch 998 dated July, August and September 1904; however, as far
as we are aware, Fitzgerald annotated only the August and September collections as to the published
name. Acacia ewartianaV^ . Fitzg. ex J. White in Ewart, White & Wood (191 1) was also based on Koch
998 and there are syntypes at MEL (which we have not seen), also collected in August and September
1904. The name A. ewartiana will be treated as a synonym of A. dielsii E. Pritzel in the “Flora of
Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia hynesiana W. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 20 (1912). Type citation: “Planities arenosa prope
Kellerberrin; leg. W.V.F.” Holotype: Kellerberrin, W.A., Nov. 1907, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (BM);
isotypes: MEL (fragment), NSW, PERTH 00760536 (ex NSW).

Note. As far as we are aware only the BM specimen is annotated by Fitzgerald and we therefore regard
it as the holotype. The name A. hynesiana will be treated as a synonym of A. merinthophoraE. Pritzel
in the “Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia inaequiloba W. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 18 (1912). Type citation: “Victoria Desert, Castra 56;
R. Helms (Elder Exploring Expedition).” //o/otype.- Victoria Desert, Camp 56 [c. 95 km NE of Streich
Mound, W.A.], 19 Sept. 1891, R. Helms 15 (NSW 180591); isotypes: AD, NSW (specimen ex Linn.
Soc. N.S.W.), PERTH 02741059 (fragment ex herb. C.A. Gardner).

Note. The protologue clearly stated that the material used to describe this species is at NSW. This
comprises two small (unmounted) flowering specimens which we regard as representing the
holotype. A note by Fitzgerald accompanying these specimens is substantively the same as the
discussion given in the protologue. There is no indication that the holotype specimen was ever part
of Fitzgerald’s personal herbarium.

Acacia kochiiW. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 20(1912). Type citation: “Rabbit-proof fence east of Watheroo;
Max Koch”. Lectotypeihere. selected): Watheroo Rabbit Fence, W.A., Aug. 1905, M. Koch 1616 (BM,
left-hand specimen on sheet); paralectotypes: BM (dated Aug. 1905), MEL («.v., dated Sept. 1905),
NSW (two sheets, one dated Sept. 1905, one dated Aug. -Sept. 1904), PERTH 00762067 (dated Sept.
1905).

396

Nuytsia Vol, 9, No. 3 (1994)

Note. As evidenced by sheets at BM, MEL, NSW and PERTH there is variation in the date of collection
of/foc/i 1616. Koch’s own labels give the date as August and September of both 1904 and 1905. The
BM sheet of 1616 supports two specimens and two labels (one annotated August 1905 by Koch, the
other September 1904 by Fitzgerald). The left-hand specimen on the sheet (which we have chosen as
the lectotype) is the more informative and we asume that the Fitzgerald label with the September 1904
date belongs to this specimen. The single MEL specimen of Koch 1616 (which is dated by Koch as
September 1905) is the holotype of A. kochii W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & White (1911).

3. Species described in Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 51: 71-124 (1917)

In this paper three new Kimberley Acacia species were described, namely, A. curvicarpa,
A. kirnberleyensis and A. pachyphloia. Although Maiden provided the Latin descriptions and added
some observations of his own he clearly attributed these taxa to Fitzgerald (see protologues, also
footnote on title page of paper). Thus, as with Short (1993), we regard the author citations to be
W. Fitzg. in Maiden, not W. Fitzg. ex Maiden & W. Fitzg. as is given by Chapman (1991).

A knowledge of the history of the publication of these three names bears on the typification of them.
Initially Fitzgerald prepared the descriptions as part of a large manuscript entitled “Notes on the Flora
of North-West Australia with descriptions of some new genera and species”. As discussed by Short
(1993) this manuscript was completed by, at the very least, early 1912. A copy was submitted to
J. Britten (BM) around this time with the request that it be published, but this never happened. The
manuscript indicates by symbols that Fitzgerald specimens of a number of the species, including
A. curvicarpa and A. kirnberleyensis, were deposited at BM. In 1916 Fitzgerald submitted another
copy of the manuscript to J.H. Maiden (NSW), along “with some herbarium specimens” (Maiden in
Fitzgerald 1918). Maiden subsequently communicated this to the Royal Society of Western Australia
where it was published in 1918. In the previous year, however. Maiden had published for Fitzgerald
the three new Acacia species; this was done in the context of a review of Acacia species “Mr Fitzgerald
has recorded as new for the tropical west” (Maiden 1917). In his own publication Fitzgerald (1918)
merely listed these three names, noting that they had already been published in Maiden's paper. As
a matter of interest, in 1906 Fitzgerald had published photographs and habitat notes, but no
descriptions, of A. curvicarpa and A. kirnberleyensis in “The Western Mail” (Perth).

Fitzgerald collected the material of his three newAcacia species when he was a member of Charles
Crossland’ s expedition to the Kimberley in 1 905. With reference to Fitzgerald’ s Kimberley collections
Maiden (1917: 108) stated that some “have been very much dispersed, and no complete set of them
exists;”. He further noted that he had received Fitzgerald specimens from two sources: ( 1 ) “Some of
Mr. Fitzgerald’s specimens came into my care through purchase from a person into whose hands they
had passed....” [i.e. via J. Staer in about late 1909, K.F. Kenneally pers. comm.]; (2) “Some of Mr.
Fitzgerald’s Acacias from the herbarium of the W. A. Department of Agriculture (received by me from
Dr. F. Steward) are published in the present paper.” The following year (1918) in a series of notes
prefacing Fitzgerald’s most important publication on the Kimberley, Maiden stated that “In April,
1917, 1 received from Dr. Steward, specimens of 53 species now described in this paper. These are in
the National Herbarium of Sydney, and the original set is with Dr. Steward at Perth.” Although there
were no Acacia species described in this work. Maiden’s comment shows that he considered the first
set of Fitzgerald’s Kimberley specimens to be in Perth and the duplicate set at NSW. In our typification
of A. curvicarpa and A. kirnberleyensis (below) we have adopted that point of view in regarding the
PERTH specimens as the primary set.

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, W.V. Fitzgerald's Acacia species

397

Because the relevant specimens at BM, NSW and PERTH are annotated by Fitzgerald, implying
they all were used in preparing the protologue, we consider lectotypification desirable, even though for
A. curvicarpa andy4. kimberleyensis only a single collection is cited. Except where otherwise noted,
the PERTH labels of all three species (i.e. the two above plus A. pachyphloia) are annotated by
Fitzgerald on a printed label titled “Herbarium of the Department of Agriculture, W. A.” This label does
not occur on specimens at BM or NSW. Unlike specimens elsewhere, those at PERTH have Fitzgerald
collecting numbers.

Acacia curvicarpa W. Fitzg. in Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 51: 114(1917). Type
citation: “Near the junction of the Hann and Barnett Rivers (W.V.F.). On quartzite hills.” Lectotype
(here selected): Near Junction of Hann & Barnett Rivers, W.A., June 1905, W.V. Fitzgerald 1123
(PERTH 00746762); isolectotypes: BM (one specimen ex NSW, the other ex herb. W.V. Fitzgerald -
the latter with a label on pink paper stock, see above), K (ex NSW), NSW (ex herb. W.V. Fitzgerald,
the label on white paper stock, see above), PERTH 00746754 (on a “State Herbarium, Western
Australia” label, not annotated by Fitzgerald).

Note. Acacia curvicarpa is regarded as synonymous with A. acradenia F. Muell. in the “Hora of
Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia kimberleyensis W. Fitzg. in Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 51; 1 12 (1917).
Type citation: “Packhorse Range, Kimberley district. Amongst sandstone. (W.V.F.)” Lectotype{heTe
selected):PackhorseRange, W.A., July 1905, W.V. Fitzgerald\222{VEKYY{(X)l()\(i2\)\isolectotypes:
BM (one specimen ex NSW, the other ex herb. W.V. Fitzgerald - the latter with a label on pink paper
stock, see above), NSW (ex herb. W.V. Fitzgerald, the label on white paper stock, see above).

Acacia pachyphloia W. Fitzg. in Maiden, J. &Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 51: 1 16(1917). Type citation:
“Slopes of Bold Bluff; hills near C.92, in proximity to the Synnott Range; hills by the Charnley and
Calder Rivers (W.V.F.).” Syntype: near C92, Synnott Range, W.A., July 1905, W. V. Fitzgerald 1267
(NSW 65871, PERTH 00765864).

Note. As we have seen only the one syntype of this name, and as the species will be prepared for the
“Flora of Australia” by M.D. Tindale (NSW), we do not wish to pre-empt taxonomic decisions by
lectotypifying this name here.

4. Species described in Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 51: 238-274 (1917)

Included in this paper was the description of A. drewiana, a new species which Maiden clearly
attributed to Fitzgerald. As far as we are aware, the only specimen annotated by Fitzgerald is at NSW
and this is therefore regarded as the holotype. The label on this specimen is on white paper stock and
titled “FLORA OF AUSTRALASIA” (this sort of label is not commonly found on Fitzgerald Acacia
specimens at NSW).

Acacia drewiana W. Fitzg. in Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 51: 273 (1917). Type
citation: “Type from Cannington (W.V.F.)” Holotype: Cannington, W. A., Feb. 1905, W. V. Fitzgerald
s.n. (NSW 133030); isotype: PERTH 00749451, ex NSW.

398

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Acknowledgements

We thank the Directors of the herbaria cited in this paper for allowing us access to their material.
We are particularly grateful to both Phillip Kodela (NSW) and Peter Weston (Australian Botanical
Liaison Officer at Kew, 1 992-93) for supplying valuable information on Fitzgerald specimens at NSW
and BM respectively. We thank Philip Short (MEL) for providing us with a copy of his unpublished
manuscript on Fitzgerald (now published) and for critically reviewing a draft of our manuscript.
Thanks are also extended to Kevin Kenneally (PERTH) for allowing us access to unpublished
manuscript material concerning Fitzgerald and to Paul Wilson and Gillian Perry (both PERTH) for
useful comments on the manuscript. The Australian Biological Resources Study is acknowledged for
financial support.

References

Chapman, A.D. (1991). Australian Plant Name Index. A-C. Australian Flora and Fauna Series Number 12. (Australian
Government Publishing Service: Canberra.)

Ewart, A.J., White, J. & Wood, B. (1911). Contributions to the Flora of Australia. No. 16. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 23, n.s., pt.
2: 285-287, fig. 49-50.

Fitzgerald, W.V. (1904). Additions to the West Australian Flora. I. Species hitherto undescribed. J. W. Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc.
1: 3-36.

Fitzgerald, W.V. (1912). New West Australian Plants. J. Bot. 50: 18-23.

Fitzgerald, W.V. (1918). The botany of the Kimberleys, North-west Australia. J. Roy. Soc. W. Austral. 3: 102-224.

Green, J.W. (1990). History of early Western Australian herbaria. In P.S Short (ed.) “History of systematic botany in
Australasia” (Australian Systematic Botany Society: South Yarra, Victoria.)

Greater, W. etal. (1988). “International Code of Botanical Nomenclature.” (Koeltz Scientific Books: Kdnigstein.)

Hall, N. (1978). Botanists of the Eucalypts. (Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization: Melbourne.)
Kenneally, K.F. (1986). An index to W.V. Fitzgerald’s annotated species list published in “The Botany of the Kimberleys,
North-West Australia”. Austral. Syst. Bot. Soc. Newsletter 46: 1-7.

Maiden, J.H. (1917). Notes onAcacia, No. II. - Tropical Western Australia. (Including descriptions of new species). J. & Proc.
Roy. Soc. New South Wales 51: 71-124, fig. 1-4.

Maiden, J.H. (1917a). Notes onAcacia, No. III. - Extra-Tropical Western Australia. (With descriptions of new species). J. &
Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 51: 238-274.

Maslin, B.R. (1978). Studies in the genus Acacia (Mimosaceae) - 8. A revision of the Uninerves-Triangulares, in part (the
tetramerous species). Nuytsia 2: 266-333.

Phillips, S.M., Brummitt, R.K. & Molloy, B.P.J. (1992). Problems of types with duplicate specimens. Taxon 41: 728-730.
Short, P.S. (1992). Ptilotus eriotrichus (Amaranihaceae) revisited. Muelleria 7(4): 491-494.

Short, P.S. (1993). William V. Fitzgerald - miscellaneous notes on his NW Australian collections, publications and
manuscripts. Austral. Syst. Bot. Soc. Newsletter 75: 1-6.

Nuytsia 9 (3); 399-414 (1994)

399

C.F. Meissner’s species of Acacia (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae): typification of the names

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Abstract

Maslin, B.R. and Cowan, R.S. C.F. Meissner’s species of Acada (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae):
typification of the names. Nuytsia 9 (3): 399-414 (1994). The type status of names for all 56 taxa
described by Meissner in Lehmann’ s “Plantae Preissianae” ( 1 844 and 1 848) and in a subsequent paper
in “Botanisches Zeitung” (1855) has been carefully assessed. Consequently, we have fixed the
application of these names by choosing lectotypes wherever possible from among the syntypes,
particularly those at BM, LD and NY. Of the lectotypes selected here 19 are at LD, 10 are at NY and
2 at BM.

Introduction

Johann August Ludwig Preiss, a private scholar and landowner in Herzberg am Harz in north-
eastern Germany, journeyed to Western Australia in 1 838 and spent more than three years (December
1 838-January 1 842) collecting plants, approximately 2800 species of both cryptogams and phanerogams
(Marchant 1990). Several recent papers have described his itinerary and the fate of his collections,
namely McGillivray (1975), Wilson (1983), Crisp (1983), Lander ( 1 988), Short & Sinkora (1988) and
Marchant (1990), but the account is still incomplete. Crisp noted that when Preiss returned to Europe,
he turned over his collections to J.G.C. Lehmann, still unsorted even to family, although McGillivray
(1975) records that some were sold earlier to William Hooker by Preiss while he was in London in
mid- 1842. Lehmann then enlisted the assistance of specialists to prepare an account of the various
taxa that were subsequently published in “Plantae Preissianae” vols. 1 and 2 in 1844 and 1848
respectively. In the preface to these volumes, Lehmann made it clear that the sorting of the material
was under his supervision and that it was sorted into families before specimens were sent to the 19
specialists who contributed treatments of the taxa (Short & Sinkora 1988). Unfortunately we do not
know precisely how much of each of the collections the authors worked with, whether they had access
to all the material or only the material which became part of Lehmann’s and their own herbaria.
Lehmann’s herbarium went to the herbarium of the Botanical Museum, Lund, Sweden (LD) and each
contributing author was allowed to take specimens of varying proportions for their own herbarium
(Crisp 1983). It is possible, of course, that Lehmann distributed duplicates of the Preiss collections
before specimens were sent to the specialists. This appears to have been the case, at least with
specimens of Asteraceae, for Lander (1988) noted that there are Preiss specimens at the Conservatoire

400

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Botanique de Geneve (G) which were received as early as June 1842, just six months after Preiss’
departure from Western Australia. Short & Sinkora (1988) stated that all the Preiss Australian
specimens received by J. Steetz, who contributed the Compositae, were in his hands by 1843.
McGillivray (1975) suggested that some Preiss collection numbers, specifically those between 2621
and 2644, might well have been represented by one or very few specimens. The only collection
number in this range representing Acacia type material was the type number Meissner cited for
A. myrtifolia var. major (2641) and no example of that number has been seen by us.

Typification of Meissner’s Acacia names

In the course of preparing the account of Acacia for the “Flora of Australia” the status of all 56 taxa
described by Meissner in the “Plantae Preissianae” (1844 and 1848) and in a subsequent paper in
“Botanisches Zeitung” (1855) has been carefully assessed and the names typified where possible. The
new taxa were divided between species (of which 12 are now synonyms of other taxa) and varieties
(of which 1 8 are now considered synonyms); this means that more than half the novelties he described
have been synonymised, a rather surprising statistic given the fact that in the 1840s, relatively few
taxa from Western Australia had been described, and those mostly by Robert Brown (1813) and
George Bentham ( 1 842). Many of Meissner’ s varieties represented minor variants in the populations,
which may explain in part the very high number of synonyms at that level.

The new taxa of Acacia described by Meissner are mostly from south-west Western Australia, the
exceptions hsing A. falcinella and A. latrobei which were based on Latrobe collections from eastern
Australia, and A. glaucifolia which was based on a European-grown garden plant. The new taxa were
based principally on Preiss collections but included a substantial number of J. Drummond collections.
Two south-west Australian taxa were based on other than Preiss or Drummond collections -
A. denudata var. spinossissima (based on a European-grown garden plant) and A. gilbertii (based on
Gilbert 50).

The primary sets of Preiss collections of Acacia are at the Herbarium, Botanical Museum, Lund,
Sweden (LD) and The New York Botanical Garden (NY); the latter set is Meissner’s personal
herbarium which was purchased by Columbia University in New York City and later transferred to
NY. The Preiss specimens at LD were annotated by Meissner in most cases but the remainder of the
label is often in Lehmann’s hand. As to Meissner’s personal herbarium at NY, the conclusion seems
inescapable that Meissner annotated the specimens after the publication of “Plantae Preissianae”, for
he included in many cases, as part of the labels, the page number in “Plantae Preissianae”, as well as
reference to subsequent use of the name in other works, chiefly Bentham’ s account of the genus in
the “Flora Australiensis”.

Both Crisp (1983) and Wilson (1983) concluded that, taken as a whole, the best set of Preiss
collections is at LD. Our analysis of the type specimens of Meissner Acacia taxa based on Preiss
collections demonstrates that one cannot make the assumption that the LD specimen best qualifies
as lectotype. We found that nearly as many specimens were better represented and/or better
authenticated in Meissner’s own herbarium at NY. For example, A. restiacea var. scoparia at NY
is completely annotated to the varietal level by Meissner but the LD specimen lacks either a species
or varietal epithet. Similarly, there are several other examples of Preiss specimens at LD not
annotated by the author with the name published by him, namely, A. acuminata var. ciliata,
A. denudata, A. meissneri and A. obovata var. minor. As noted above, the annotations by Meissner
on the NY specimens were likely to have been added after the publication of “Plantae Preissianae”.

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, C.F. Meissner's Acacia species

401

Even if the “International Code of Botanical Nomenclature” did not condemn mechanical selection
of lectotypes, to choose the LD specimen as the lectotype of a Meissner species without careful
assessment of all the relevant data would be equally undesirable. We have studied each taxon
thoroughly with all the relevant materials at hand before choosing lectotypes, a procedure nost likely
to lead to typifications that contribute to the stability of plant names.

Meissner also used Drummond specimens in his three accounts involving Acacia. Crisp (1983)
noted that, with respect to the “Plantae Preissianae” treatments, Meissner saw Drummond specimens
in the Shuttleworth herbarium which was purchased by BM in 1877. Except for A. pulchella var.
glaberrima we have seen the relevant BMAcacia material (many in the form of photocopies provided
by Dr P. Weston). These specimens are marked as being part of Shuttleworth’s herbarium and, in
most cases, are annotated by Meissner (however, see “Notes” under A. ligustrina, A. meissneri var.
angustifolia, A. myriobotrya and A. trigonophylla). There are also Drummond type specimens at BM
of five of the species described in the “Botanisches Zeitung” publication; however, these are not
annotated by the author and are not marked as part of the Shuttleworth herbarium. Except for the NY
Drummond specimens of A. cochlocarpa and A. scirpifolia (which are treated as holotypes) none of
the NY or LD specimens of these five species is annotated by Meissner. As it is not known what
material Meissner used to describe the other three species we have treated specimens bearing the type
numbers as syntypes.

There are duplicates of Preiss and Drummond Acacia collections in many herbaria worldwide.
Indeed, in the course of several lengthy visits to many European, American and Australian herbaria,
Maslin located collections, mainly of Preiss and Drummond, relevant to the present study at the
following institutions: A, BM, C, CGE, E, H, G, G-DC, GOET, HBG, K, L, LD, M, MEL, MO, NAP,
NSW, NY, OXF, P, PERTH, RO, STR, TCD, US and W.

We have taken the opportunity, provided by our work on the genus for the “Flora of Australia” to
fix the application of Meissner’s names by choosing lectotypes wherever possible from among the
syntypes. This was possible because we had available Maslin’ s photographs and detailed notes
concerning all Preiss and Drummond specimens at both LD and NY. This work was also greatly
facilitated by having photocopies of many of the Drummond syntypes at BM; these were provided
by the 1992-93 Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, Dr Peter Weston.

Of the 56 names introduced by Meissner, we here lectotypify 29 of them, about half the total, of
which 19 are based on specimens at LD, 10 at NY, and 2 at BM. Two names, A. endlicheri and
A. horridula, had been lectotypified previously, based on specimens at MEL and NY respectively.
Holotypes are recognised for ten names, eight are based on specimens at BM and two at NY, and these
are primarily based on Drummond specimens which originated from Shuttleworth’s herbarium.

Methods

(1) Where an equally complete, annotated Preiss specimen was present at NY and LD, we chose,
arbitrarily if necessary, the NY specimen from Meissner’s own herbarium.

(2) We have refrained from typifying names in the absence of all the relevant information (this
applies mostly to names based on Drummond collections published in “Botanisches Zeitung”).

402

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

The format in the following list is that each entry includes the taxon name and author citation, the
place of publication and a precise quotation of the type citation given in the protologue; bracketed
geographic information in the type citations is the present-day equivalent of the Preiss locality as
interpreted by Marchant (1990). This is followed by the type designation in which we give the data
on the type sheet, the abbreviation of the herbarium holding the type specimen and the abbreviations
of the herbaria holding duplicates of the type. In the list presented the following assumptions may be
made:

(1) The specimen selected as lectotype conforms with the protologue and is annotated by the author
in his own hand, unless specifically stated otherwise.

(2) We believe that we have examined all relevant Preiss and Drummond specimens at BM, LD and
NY that pertain to Acacia names published by Meissner (the Drummond syntype of A. pulchella var.
glaberrima excepted).

(3) Meissner has annotated the types that are listed for BM, LD and NY unless we indicate otherwise.

(4) In the case of entries lacking an appended “Note”, one should assume that the name in question
is accepted as published by Meissner.

List of Meissner’s Acacia Names

Acacia acuminata var. ciliata Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 19 (1844). Type citation:
“In solo sublimoso-arenoso sylvae circa oppidum York. Herb. Preiss. No. 934.” Lectotype (here
selected): In solo sublimoso-arenoso sylvae circa urbiculam York (York), legit. L. Preiss No. 934
{l^y)\isolectotypes\ A, G, GOET, HBG, L, LD, MEL, MO, P, PERTH 02482827 (fragment ex MEL),
STR.

Note. The LD specimen of Preiss 934 is not annotated by Meissner but the NY one is. This name is
treated as a synonym of A. acuminata Benth. subsp. acumitmta in the forthcoming “Elora of Australia”
account of Acacia.

Acacia apiculata Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1:17 (1844). Type citation: “In glareosis
sterilibus porrectis promont. Cape Riche, d. 20. Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss No. 919.” Lectotype (here
selected): In glareosis sterilibus porrectis promontorii ‘Cape Riche’, 20. Nov. 1840, legit.L. Preiss9i9
(LD); isolectotypes: G, NY.

Note. This name will be treated as a synonym of A. subcaerulea Lindley in the forthcoming “Flora of
Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia benthamii Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 11 (1844). Type citation: “In regionibus
interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. florens No. 949.
{Drummond n. 284!)”. Lectotype (here selected): Ad fluv. Cygnorum [Swan River, 'W .A.], Drummond
284 (BM, sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd. 1877.”); isolectotype: G;
? isolectotypes: K, OXF, W (specimens numbered ‘289’ apparently in error). Paralectotype: In
regionib. interioribus Austr. merid.-occid., Nov. 1840, legit. L. Preiss 949 (LD).

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, C.F. Meissner's Acacia species

403

Acacia bidentatavar.pubescensMeissnerinJ.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 10(1844). Typecitation:
“In arenosis planitiei ad fluv. Avon, 9 mill, ab oppido York, d. 10 Sept. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 958,
florif. et in sterilibus sylvae ad montem prope praedium rusticum Dom. Barker [between York and
Toodyay],d. 1 1. Apr. 1840. sterilis No. 969.” (here selected); In arenosis planitiei ad fluvium
‘Avon’, 9 millium ab urbicula ‘York’ (York), 10 Sept. 1839, legit. L. Preiss 958 (LD); isolectotypes:
C, CGE {sphalm. ‘445’), FI, K, M, MEL, MO, P, PERTH 00806927, TCD {sphalrti. ‘445’).
Paralectotypes: In sterilibus illustribus sylvae ad montem prope praedium rusticum D. Barker, 1 1 Apr.
1840, legit. L. Preiss 969 (LD, NY).

Note. This name will be treated as a synonym of A. bidentata Benth. in the forthcoming “Flora of
Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia biglandulosa Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PL Preiss. 2; 205 (1848). Type citation: “Swan
River, Drummond coll. IT No. 91 Holotype: Ad fluv. Cygnorum [Swan River, W.A.] Drummond91
(BM, sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd. 1877.”); wofypes.- K, MEL, NSW, OXF,
P, PERTH 00742090.

Note. The holotype is the only specimen seen that has been annotated by Meissner. This name was
treated as a synonym of A. pentadenia Lindley in Maslin (1975).

Acacia candolleana Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 206 (1848). Type citation: “Swan
River, Drummond, coll. II. No. 152.” Holotype: Ad fluv. Cygnorum [Swan River, W .A.], Drummond
152 (BM, sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd. 1 877.”); isotypes: CGE, K, G-DC,
LD, MEL, OXF, P, PERTH 01012762 - fragment ex MEL.

Note. The BM specimen of Drummond 1 52 is annotated by Meissner but the LD specimen is not. The
name A. candolleana was treated as the basionym of A. drummondii subsp. candolleana (Meissner)
Maslin in Maslin (1975).

Acacia cochlocarpa Meissner, Bot.Zeitung (Berlin) 13: 10(1855). Typecitation: “Drumm. Coll. VI.
n. 6.” Holotype: Nov. Holl. Australi - occid. inter flum. Moore et Murchison [between Moore R. and
Murchison R., W.A.], Drummond coll. 6, n. 6, comm. Shuttleworth 1854 (NY); isotypes: BM, CGE,
LD (sphalm. ‘coll. 3’), OXF, P, PERTH 00976008 (fragment, origin unknown).

Note. The only specimen we have seen of Drummond 6; 6 annotated by Meissner is at NY and it is
therefore regarded as the holotype. Acacia cochlocarpa will be treated as comprising two subspecies
in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia cuneatavar. glabra Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1 ; 9 (1844). Typecitation: “Cum
praecedente [i.e. A. cuneata, “In clivulis calcareis juxta oppidum Freemantle”] d. 15. Aug. 1839. No.
956.; et in arenosis inter frutices vix frenetrabiles insulae Rotenest d. 19. Aug. 1839. florens No.
954. "Lectotype (here selected): In clivulis calcareis baud longe ab urbicula ‘Freemantle’, 15 Aug.
1839, legit. L. Preiss 956 (LD);isolectotypes: K,NY (alsoK, MEL, P& PERTH 01 50471 1 -fragment
ex MEL) but all incorrectly labelled L. Preiss 954). Paralectotype: Rottnest Island, 19 Aug. 1839,
L. Preiss 954 (C, H, L, M, MO, NAP, NY, P, STR & W, also K, MEL, PERTH 01507893 - fragment
ex MEL, W but all incorrectly labelled L. Preiss 956).

404

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Note. The nameA. cuneata var. glabra was based on two Preiss collections, namely, 954 from Rottnest
Island (this represents A. littorea Maslin) and 956 from the adjacent mainland near Fremantle (this
represents a very close relative, A. truncata (Burm. f.) Hort. ex Hoffmannsegg). Judging from
specimens examined in numerous herbaria it appears that specimens of 956 have commonly been
erroneously labelled as 954, and vice versa; we have attempted to elucidate this confusion above. The
type sheet of A. cuneata var. glabra at LD supports what appears to be two identical specimens of
A. truncata. It would therefore be expected that these would both be labelled as Preiss 956', however,
only the left hand specimen is thus labelled (we have selected this as the lectotype), the right hand
specimen is (evidently erroneously) labelled as Preiss 954.

Acacia cycnonim var. minutifolia Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann (as ‘cygnorum’), PI. Preiss. 1: 22
( 1 844). Type citation: “In region, interior. Australiae merid.-occid., d. 7. Mart. 1 840. Herb. Preiss. No.
912.” Lectotype (here selected): In regionibus interioribus Austr. merid.-occid., 7 March 1840, legit.
L. Preiss 912 (LD); isolectotypes: MEL, NY, PERTH 01825615 (fragment ex MEL).

Note. The lectotype is the right hand specimen on the LD sheet; the left hand specimen is Preiss 886
(= A. lasiocarpa Benth. ? var. lasiocarpa). The name A. cycnorum var. minutifolia was treated as a
synonym of A. lasiocarpa var. sedifolia (Meissner) Maslin in Maslin (1975).

Acacia cycnorum var. sedifolia Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann (as ‘cygnorum’), PI. Preiss. 1 : 22 (1 844).
Type citation: “In sublimoso-glareosis sylvae district. Hay [between Balgarup and Lake Matilda], d.
7. Nov. 1 840. Herb. Preiss. No. 9 1 1 .’’Lectotype (here selected): In sublimoso-glareosis sil vae districtus
‘Hay’, 7 Nov. 1840, legit. L. Preiss 9\ \ (LD); isolectotypes: MEL, PERTH 01014293 (fragment ex
MEL).

Note. The lectotype is the right hand specimen on the LD sheet; the left hand specimen is Preiss 892
(= A. lasiocarpa Benth. ? var. sedifolia). The name A. cycnorum var. sedifolia was treated as the
basionym of A. lasiocarpa var. sedifolia (Meissner) Maslin in Maslin (1975).

Acacia daphnifolia Meissner, Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 13: 11 (1855). Type citation; “Drumm. Coll. VI.
n. 2.” Syntypes: between Moore and Murchison rivers, W.A.,J. Drummond 6: 2 (BM, K, LD - sphalm.
‘coll. 3’, MEL, OXF, P, PERTH 02786303 - fragment ex MEL, TDC, W).

Note. Because the BM specimen of Drummond 6: 2 has been annotated by Meissner and because we
did not record who annotated all the other specimens cited above, we have refrained from selecting a
lectotype for A. daphnifolia. All syntypes examined to date represent A. microbotrya Benth. under
which name/1, daphnifolia will be treated in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia denudataLehm. ex Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1:21 (1844). Type citation: “In
depressis umbrosis prope Woodman’ s-point, d. 15. Aug. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 893. (Drummond
n. 312!)”. Lectotype (here selected): Ad fluv. Cygnorum [Swan River, W.A.], Drummond 312 (BM,
sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd. 1877.”); isolectotypes; G-DC, K, MEL, P,
PERTH 01 105582 (fragment ex MEL), W. Paralectotype. ln depressis umbrosis prope ‘Woodman’s
point’ [Woodman Point, 32° 08'S, 1 15° 44'E], 15 Aug. 1839. legit. L. Preiss m (LD, MEL, PERTH
00748366 - fragment ex MEL, RO & TCD, the last two sphalm. ‘298’).

Note. The BM lectotype is annotated by Meissner. This name was treated as a synonym of A. pulchella
var. glaberrima Meissner in Maslin (1975).

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, C.F. Meissner's Acacia species

405

Acacia denudata var. gracilis Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1; 21 (1844). Type citation;
“In umbrosis ad ripam fluvii Preston (Wellington) m. Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 904.” Lectotype
(here selected): In umbrosis ad ripam fluvii ‘Preston’ (Wellington), Dec. 1839, legit. L. Preiss 904
(LD); isolectotype: LTS.

Note. Both the LD and US specimens are annotated by Meissner. This name was treated as a synonym
of A. pulchella var. glaberritna Meissner in Maslin (1975).

Acacia denudata var. spinosissima Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 21 (1844). Type
citation: “Colitur in Horto Baumanniano Mulhusiae Alsatorum, ubi florentem vidi vere 1843.”
IHolotype: cultivated in Hort. Baumann, Boll wilier (US: writing on label needs confirming as
Meissner’s).

Note. This name will be treated as a synonym of A. pulchella R. Br. var. pulchella in the forthcoming
“Flora of Australia” account of Acacia', in the absence of having seen the type, Maslin (1975)
erroneously referred this name to A. pulchella var. glaberrima Meissner.

Acacia dipteravar. angustior Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 5 (1844). Type citation; “In
glareosisadjugummontium Darling’ s-rangepropecataractam [i.e. Susannah Brook], d. 3. Aug. 1839.
- Herb. Preiss. No. 393 [sphalm. 993]. in asperis ad latus occidentale mentis Wuljenup (Plantagenet)
[i.e. Willyung Hill, near Albany] d. 14. Oct. 1840 (No. 394. [sphalm. 994]) et hinc inde in arenosis
subumbrosis sylvae ad fluv. Cygnorum [Swan River], d. 23. Jul. 1839. (sine No.)”. Lectotype (here
selected): In glareosis adjugummontium Darling's-range, baud procul a cataracta, 3 Aug. 1839, legit.
L. Preiss 993 (sphalm. ‘393’ in protologue) (NYy,isolectotypes: HBG, K, FI, G, GOET, L, LD, P, STR.
Paralectotype 1: In asperis ad latus occidentale mentis ‘Wuljenup’ (Plantagenet), W.A., 1 4 Oct. 1 840,
legit. L. Preiss 994 (sphalm. ‘394’ in protologue) (G, LD, NY). Paralectotype 2: In arenosis
subumbrosis silvae ad fluvium Cygnorum hinc inde, W.A., 23 July 1839, legit. L. Preiss s.n. (LD).

Note. This name will be treated as a synonym of A. applanata Maslin (ms name) in the forthcoming
“Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia diptera var. latior Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1; 4 (1844). Type citation: “In
arenosis sylvae prope Perth, d. 8. MaJ. Herb. Preiss. No. 995, et in limoso calculosis inter frutices
sylvae prope Halfwayhouse (Darling’s-range) [i.e. Halfway House, dU 54'S, 1 16° 20'E] d. 12. Sept.

1839. No. 996 cum fl. etfr.” Lectotype (here selected); In limoso-calculosis inter frutices sylvae prope
Halfwayhouse (Darling’s-range), W. A., 12 Sept. 1839,legit.L. Prewj 996 (ipte/m. ‘596’ on specimen
label, but ‘996’ on slip-on tag attached to specimen) (NYyisolectotypes: G, GOET, HBG, L, LD, STR.
Paralectotypes: InarenosissylvaehaudpropeurbiculamPerth, W.A., 8May 1839, legit L. Preiss995
(B, FI, G, GOET, HBG, K, L, LD, NY - sphalm. ‘595’, P, STR)

Note. The LD specimens of Preiss 995 & 996 are not annotated by Meissner as to variety. This name
will be treated as a synonym of A. willdenowianaVl.L. Wendl. in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia”
account of Acacia.

Acacia endlicheri Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1:21 (1844). Type citation: “In districtu
Plantagenet [i.e. between Lake Matilda, Albany and Two Peoples Bay] m. Dec. 1 840. Herb. Preiss. No.
888 et 905.” Lectotype (fide Maslin, Nuytsia 1: 431, 1975): without details, L. Preiss 905 (MEL);
isolectotypes: PERTH 01036874 (fragment ex MEL). Paralectotypes: In districtu ‘Plantagenet’ , Dec.

1840, legit. L. Preiss 888 (LD, NY).

406

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Note. In order to apply the name Acacia endlicheri unequivocally, the taxon was lectotypified by
Maslin (1975) by the only type material which was then known to him. Subsequently it has been
discovered that more appropriate candidates for lectotypification exist at LD and NY (these are
annotated by Meissner and have label details corresponding to the protologue). However, as the
original lectotypification is not invalid under the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature it is
retained here. The name A. endlicheri was treated as the basionym of A. browniana var. endlicheri
(Meissner) Maslin in Maslin (1975).

Acacia falcinella Meissner, Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 13: 11 (1855). Type citation: “Circa Victoria (Port
Lincoln) Novae Roll, austral, legit cl. Latrobe!”

Note. This type has not been located as yet. Following Bentham (1864), this name will be treated as
a synonym of A. pycnantha Benth. in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia gilbertii Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 204 (1848). Type citation: “Swan River,
‘Vasse and Augusta road’, m. Dec. 1842. Gilbert No. 50. ‘White blossomed Acacia.’” Holotype:
Augusta, W.A., 1842, Gilbert 50 (BM, sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd.
1 877.”); isotypes: K, FI, PERTH 00709093 (ex BM), TCD.

Note. The BM holotype is the only specimen we have seen annotated by Meissner.

Acacia glaucifolia A.& N. Baumann ex Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss 1 : 14(1 844). Type
citation: “Colitur in hortis Baumannianis Mulhusiae et Bollwiller, Alsatiae, ubi vivam florentemque
vidi.” IHolotype: cultivated, April 1842, A. & V. Baumann (STR: writing on label not in Meissner’s
hand).

Note. This name will be treated as a synonym of A. cultriformis Cunn. ex Don in the forthcoming “Elora
of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia graminea Lehm. ex Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 5 (1844). Type citation: “In
solohumoso vallisprope Mahogany creek (Darling’ s-range) [i.e.31°54'S, 1 16‘’08'E]d.25.Apr. 1840.
Herb. Preiss., No. 984 (Drummond n. 304)”. Lectotype (here selected): In solo humoso vallis prope
‘Mahogany creek’ (Darling’ s-range), 25 Apr. 1840, legit. L. Preiss 9M (LD); isolectotypes: A, G &
NY. Paralectotypes: Swan River, J. Drummond 304 (BM, OXF, P).

Note. This name will be treated as a synonym of A. extensa Lindley in the forthcoming “Flora of
Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia heteroclita Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 18(1844). Type citation: “Ad promont.
Cape Riche, d. 19. Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 938.” Lectotype (here selected): Ad promontorium
‘Cape Riche’, 19 Nov. 1840, legit. L. Preiss 938 (LD); isolectotypes: G, NY, PERTH 01170996
(fragments ex G and NY).

Note. Acacia heteroclita will be treated as comprising two subspecies in the forthcoming “Elora of
Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia hookeri Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 12 (1844). Type citation: “In solo
sublimoso prope villam Cl. Mitchell [property of W. Mitchell, Upper Swan, JU 46'S, 1 16'^ OLE] ad

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, C.F. Meissner's Acacia species

407

fluv. Cygnorum [Swan River], d. 29. Jun. 1839. florens Herb. Preiss. No. 981. (Drummond n. 300!)”.
Lectotype (here selected): In solo sublimoso prope villam Cl. Mitchell ad fluvium Cygnorum, 29 June
1839, legit. L. Preiss 981 (LD); isolectotype: C, FI, G, GOET, HBG, K, L, M, MEL, MO, NAP, NY,
P, PERTH 00947989 (fragment ex MEL, RO -sphalm. ‘464’ , STR, TCD -sphalm. ‘464’ ). Paralectotype:
Ad fluv. Cygnorum, Drummond 300 (BM - sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd.
1877.”, G, G-DC, MEL, OXF, P, PERTH 00947555 - fragment ex MEL).

Note. The Preiss lectotype at LD and isolectotype at NY, and the Drummond paralectotype at BM are
all annotated by Meissner. This name was treated as a synonym of A. ericifolia Benth. in Maslin
(1978a).

Acacia horridula Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 9 (1844). Type citation: “In regionibus
interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis, m. Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 965, cumfruct. jun.
et in arenosis ad fluv. Canning (Perth) d. 4. Dec. 1839. florescens No. 1 151.” Lectotype (fide Maslin,
Nuytsia 2: 277. 1978): In arenosis ad fl. Canning (Perth), 4. Dec. 1839, legit. L. Preiss 1151 (NY);
isolectotypes: G, LD, MEL, P, PERTH 00896195 (fragment ex MEL), W. Paralectotypes: In regionib.
interioribus Austr. merid.-occid., Nov. 1840, legit. L Preiss 965 (LD, NY).

Note. Acacia horridula was based on discordant elements, namely, Preiss 1151 (= A. horridula
Meissner sensu lectotypico) and Preiss 965 (= A. pycnocephala Maslin), /itfe Maslin (1978). At the
time of typifying this name the author was unaware of the existence of the LD collections. We now
know that both syntypes are at LD and NY and both are annotated by Meissner.

Acacia laricina Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 6 (1844). Type citation: “In regionibus
interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Oct. 1 840. Herb. Preiss. No. 973.” Lectotype (here
selected): In regionib. interiorib. Australiae meridionali-occidentalis, Oct. 1840. legit. L. Preiss 973
(N Y) ; isolectotypes: C, FI, G, GOET, HBG, L, LD, M, MEL, P, PERTH 0 1 504207 (fragment ex MEL),
STR.

Acacia latipes var. pubescens Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1 : 10 (1844). Type citation:
“In planitie arenosa Quangen (Victoria) [i.e. near Wongamine, E of Toodyay, 31° 29'S, 1 16° 37'E] d.
20. Mart. 1 840. sterilis Herb. Preiss. No. 989.” Lectotype (here selected): In planitie arenosa Quangen
(Victoria), 20 March 1840, legit. L. Preiss 989 (NY); isolectotype: LD.

Note. This name will be treated as a synonym of A. latipes Benth. subsp. latipes in the forthcoming
“Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia latrobei Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 10 (1844). Type citation: “In colonia ad
‘Port Philipp’ Australiae meridionali-occidentalis legit cl. Latrobe, coloniae praefectus (v.s. in Herb.
Musei Neocomensis.[Como, Italy])”. Lectotype (here selected): Victoria, legit. Latrobe, comm.
D. Sam. Studer 1852. (NY, sheet stamped herb. Meissner); isolectotype: G.

Note. There is no herbarium listed in “Index Herbariorum” for Como, Italy (see location of dried
specimen in type citation). However, type material of A. latrobei has been seen at both herb. NY and
G and it is therefore desirable to lectotypify this name. The specimen selected as lectotype has been
annotated by Meissner; the material at G may also have been annotated by Meissner but we do not know
whether this is the case. The name A. latrobei was treated as a synonym of A. acinacea Lindley in
Maslin (1987).

408

Nuytsia Vol, 9, No. 3 (1994)

Acacia leiophylla var. microcephala Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1; 15 (1844). Type
citation: “In regionibus interior. Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Oct. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No.
921.” Lectotype (here selected): In regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis, Oct.
1 840, legit. L. Preiss 92 1 (NY); isolectotypes: G-DC, LD, MEL, NAP, PERTH 02484625 (fragment
ex MEL), W.

Note. The lectotype is the left hand specimen on the NY sheet; the right hand (flowering) specimen is
unlabelled but judging from the type sheet at LD this is probably Preiss 922 (= A. microbotryaBenih.).
We are not absolutely sure of the identity of Preiss 921 but it appears to represent the oblanceolate
phyllode form of A. charnaeleon Maslin (ms name) under which it will be included in the forthcoming
“Flora of Australia” account of Acacia as a presumed synonym.

Acacia leptoneura var. pungens MeissnerinJ.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 12(1844). Typecitation:
“In regionibus interior. Australiae merid.-occid. m. Oct. 1840. sterilis Herb. Preiss. No. 976.”
Lectotype (here selected): In regionibus interioribus Austr. merid.-occid., Oct. 1840, legit. L. Preiss
976 (LD); isolectotypes: NY, P, PERTH 00985937 (fragment ex B).

Note. Extant collections of Preiss 976 are sterile or with very young fruit thus making it difficult to
name with certainty. However, it appears to be A. acellerata Maiden & Blakely under which name
it will be placed as a presumed synonym in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia ligustrina MeissnerinJ.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 203 (1848). Typecitation: “Swan River,
Drummond, coll. II. No. 150.” Syntypes: Swan River, W.A., J. Drummond 2: 150 (BM, G, K, LD,
MEL, NSW, OXF, P, PERTH 00763233 - fragment ex MEL, W).

Note. Although the BM specimen of this collection was examined by Maslin some years ago, no record
was made as to who provided the annotations on the sheet and therefore we have refrained from
selecting a lectotype for A. ligustrina. This does not affect the application of the name because all
syntypes examined to date represent the same taxon.

Acacia lindleyi Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 14 (1844). Type citation: “In regionibus
interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Nov. 1 840. Herb. Preiss. No. 947.” Lectotype (here
selected): In regionibus interioribus Austr. merid.-occid., Nov. 1840, legit. L. Preiss 947 (LD);
isolectotype: NY.

Note. This name will be treated as a synonym of A. saligna (Labill.) H. Wendl. in the forthcoming
“Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia marginatavar.angustata MeissnerinJ.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 14(1844). Typecitation:
“Herb. Preiss. No. 927 ex parte.” Lectotype (here selected): In glareosis illustribus sylvae ad latus
merid. montis ‘Clarence’, [Mount Clarence, Albany, W.A.], 30 Sept. 1840, legit. L. Preiss 927 [ex
parte] (LD); isolectotypes: A, C, FI, G, GOET, HBG, K, M, MEL, NY, P, STR, W.

Note. This name will be treated as a synonym of A. myrtifolia (Sm.) Willd. in the forthcoming “Flora
of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia meisneri Lehm. ex Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1:13 (1844). Type citation: “In
limoso-arenosis sylvae prope oppidum York [near York], d. 4. Sept. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 930.”

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, C.F. Meissner's Acacia species

409

Lecto/>';7e(here selected): In limoso-arenosis illustribus sylvaeprope urbiculam ‘York’ (York), 4 Sept.
1 839, legit.L. Preiss930 (LD); isolectotypes: G, GOET, K, MEL, NY, P, PERTH 02482940 (fragment
ex MEL), STR.

Note. At first, Meissner applied the ms name ‘pruinosa’ to this taxon but later changed it to
'raccinioides', presumably because the former name had previously been used by Bentham in 1842.
Both the LD and NY sheets are annotated with these two ms names; however, ‘raccinioides’ was
subsequently changed to ‘Meissneri ’(annotated on the LD sheet by Lehmann) or 'Meisneri ’(annotated
on the NY sheet by Meissner). Because the LD material is the more complete we have selected this
as the lectoty pe even though Meissner did not annotate the sheet with the published name. Nevertheless,
it is clear that he examined the LD material prior to publication of A. meisneri.

Acacia meisnerivar.angustifolia Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 13(1844). Typecitation:
“In colonia Swan River legit Jac. Drummond, n. 292!”. Syntypes: Swan River, W.A., J. Drummond
292 (BM, G, K, MEL, OXF, P, PERTH 00765252, W).

Note. Although the BM specimen of this collection was examined by Maslin some years ago, no record
was made as to who provided the annotations on the sheet. We have therefore refrained from selecting
a lectotype. This, however, does not affect the application of the name because all syntypes examined
represent the same taxon. The name A. meisneri var. angustifolia will therefore be treated as a
synonym of A. meisneriLchm. ex Meissner in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia” account oi Acacia.

Acacia microneura Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 19(1844). Type citation: “In region,
interior. Australiae merid.-occid. m. Febr. 1841. Herb. Preiss. 942.” Lectotype (here selected): In
regionibus interioribus Austr. merid.-occid., Feb. 1841, legit. L. Preiss 942 (LD); isolectotypes:
MEL, NY, PERTH 0100721 1 (fragment ex MEL).

Acacia myriobotrya Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 15 (1844). Type citation: “Swan
River (Drummond n. 286!)”. Syntypes: Swan River, W.A., J. Drummond 286 (A, BM, E, G, K, NY,
OXF, P, W).

Note. The NY syntype of A. myriobotrya is annotated by Meissner and, although the BM specimen of
this collection was examined by Maslin some years ago, no record was made as to who provided the
annotations on the sheet. We therefore have refrained from selecting a lectotype for A. myriobotrya.
All syntypes examined to date represent A. microbotrya Benth. under which name A. daphnifolia will
be treated in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia myrtifolia var. major Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 203 (1848). Type citation:
“In rupestribus promontorii Cape Ricbe. Herb. Preiss. No. 2641.” Type: not seen.

Note. Although this type has not been located, the name will be treated as a synonym of A. myrtifolia
(Sm.) Willd. in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia neurocarpa var. glabrata Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 204 (1848). Type
citation: “In rupestribus promontorii Cape Riche et montis Baldhead [Cape Riche and Bald Head, the
latter near Albany] Nov. 1840. cum fl. et fr. Herb. Preiss. No. 2642.” Type: not seen.

410

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Note. This type has not been located at B, FI, G, LD, NY, PR or W, and as the original description is
very brief and uninformative the application of this name is uncertain. It therefore will be treated as
a Doubtful Name in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia nigricans var. subracemosa Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 204 (1848). Type
citation: “Swan River, Drummond, coll. II. No. 157.” Holotype: Ad fluv. Cygnorum [Swan River,
W.A.], J. Drummond 97 (BM, sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd. 1877.”);
isotypes: G, G-DC, K, LD, MEL, OXF, P.

Note. The BM holotype is annotated by Meissner but the LD isotype is not. This name was treated
as a synonym of A. gilbertii Meissner in Maslin (1975).

Acacia obovata var. minor Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1 : 8 (1844). Type citation: “In
glareosis inter frutices montis Greenmountain (York) [Greenmount, E of Guildford, 31° 54'S,
116° 03 ’E] d. 26. Apr. 1840. florens. Herb. Preiss. No. 931.” Lectotype (here selected): In glareosis
inter frutices montis Greenmountain (York), 26 Apr. 1840, legit.L. Preiss93 \ (HYy,isolectotypes: C,
LD, M, MEL, MO, NAP, P, RO.

Note. Although Meissner has annotated both the NY and LD sheets as ‘obovata’, only on the former
has he included the varietal name. The name A. obovata var. minor will be treated as a synonym of
A. obovata Benth. in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia obscura var. canescens Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 20 (1844). Type citation:
“Ad sinum Regis Georgii III [Albany], absque florib. Herb. Preiss. No. 9 1 0.” Lecrorype(here selected):
Ad sinum regis Georgii III, legit. L. Preiss 910 (LD); isolectotype: NY.

Note. This name will be treated as a synonym of A. luteola Maslin in Maslin (1975).

Acacia obscura var. preissiana Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 20 (1844). Type citation:
“In region, interior. Australiae merid.-occid. m. Oct. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 885.” Lectotype (here
selected): In regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occid., Oct. 1840, legit. L. Preiss 885
(NY); isolectotypes: G-DC, K, LD, MEL, P, PERTH 01041096 (fragment ex MEL).

Note. Although the NY specimen is less complete than the one at LD, there is no direct evidence that
Meissner examined the latter; thus we have selected the NY specimen, which was annotated by him,
as the lectotype. The name A. obscura var. preissiana was treated as the basionym of A. preissiana
(Meissner) Maslin in Maslin (1975).

Acacia pulcbella var. glaberrima Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 22 (1844). Type
citation: “In arenosis sylvae ad fl. Cygnorum [Swan R.], Herb. Preiss. No. 884 et 907. (Drummond n.
310.)” Lectotype (see note below): In arenosis sylvae ad fluvium Cygnorum, without date, legit.
L. PreissiM (NY); isolectotypes: C, FI, G-DC, GOET, HBG, K, LD, M, MEL, MO, NAP, P, PERTH
01066536 (fragment ex MEL), STR, W. Paralectotype 1: Swan R., J. Drummond 310 (G, G-DC, K,
MEL, OXF, W). Paralectotype 2: In Australia occidentali, without date, legit. L. Preiss 907 (LD).

Note. Because A. pulcbella var. glaberrima was based on three collections representing two taxa,
Maslin (1975) restricted the application of the name to the entity represented by Preiss 884, but no
single specimen was nominated as the lectotype. We therefore select the Preiss 884 specimen at NY

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, C.F. Meissner's Acacia species

411

as the lectotype; this collection is represented by duplicates in many herbaria. Although Meissner has
annotated both the NY and LD sheets of Preiss 884 as ‘pulchella neither bears the varietal epithet.
Preiss 907, the second paralectotype, represents A. pulchella var. goadbyi (Domin) Maslin.

Acacia pulchella var. hispidula Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1 : 22 (1844). Type citation:
“In limoso-calculosis sylvae inter Mahogany creek [i.e. Mahogany Creek, 31° 54'S, 116° 08'E] et
Halfwayhouse [i.e. Halfway House, 31° 54'S, 116° 20'E] (Darling’ s-range) d. 13. Sept. 1839. Herb.
Preiss. No. 908 [number incorrect, should be 890] (Drummond n. 309, 311!).’’ Lectotype (here
selected); In limoso-calculosis sylvae inter ‘Mahoganicreek’ et ‘Halfwayhouse’ (Darling’s-range), 13
Sept. 1 839, legit. L. PreissS90 (LD); isolectotypes:C, GOET, G-DC, L, M, MEL, MO, P, RO (^sphalm.
‘594’), STR, TCD {sphalm. ‘594’), W. Paralectotype I: Ad fluv. Cygnorum [Swan River, W.A.],
Drummond 309 (BM - sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd. 1877.’’, G, G-DC, K,
MEL, OXF, P, W). Paralectotype 2: Ad fluv. Cygnorum [Swan River, W.A.], Drummond 311 (BM
- sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd. 1877.”, E, G-DC, K, MEL, OXF, P, PERTH
0111 1388 - fragment ex MEL, W).

Note. The Preiss lectotype at LD and the Drummond paralectotypes at BM are all annotated by
Meissner. Variety hispidula was treated as a synonym of /I. pulchella R. Br. var. pulchella in Maslin
(1975).

Acacia restiacea var. scopariaMeissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1:3 (1844). Type citation: “In
rupestribus ad latus occidentale montis Currie (York) d. 10 Apr. 1 840, fructifer Herb. Preiss. No. 972.”
Lectotype (here selected): In rupestribus ad latus occid. M'“ ‘Currie’ [an unknown locality, probably
on the property once owned by M. Currie], (York), 10 Apr. 1840, legit. L. Preiss 972 (NY);
isolectotypes: G, LD, MEL, P.

Note. This name will be treated as a synonym of A. restiacea Benth. in the forthcoming “Flora of
Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia retrorsa Meissner, Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 13: 10 (1855). Type citation: “Drumm. Coll. VI. n.
4.” Syntypes: between Moore and Murchison Rivers, W.A., J. Drummond coll. 6, no. 4 (BM, CGE,
K, LD -sphalm. ‘coll. 3’, OXF, P, PERTH 02786338 - fragment but origin unknown, W).

Note. Because the BM specimen of Drummond 6: 4 has not been annotated by Meissner and because
we did not record who annotated all the other specimens cited above, we have refrained from selecting
a lectotype for A. retrorsa. This does not affect the application of the name because all syntypes
examined represent the same taxon.

Acacia scalpelliformis Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 200 (1848). Type citation: “In
colonia ad flum. Cygnorum [Swan River, W.A.] legit Drummond, coll. 11. No. 161.” Holotype: Ad
fluv. Cygnorum, Drummond 161 (BM, sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd.
1877.”); isotypes: G, NSW, OXF, P, PERTH 00771627 (fragment ex MEL), W.

Note. The herb. Shuttleworth specimen is accepted as the holotype because it is the only specimen we
have seen that has been annotated by Meissner.

Acacia scirpifolia Meissner, Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 13; 10(1855). Type citation: “Drumm. Coll. VI.
n. 5.” Holotype: Nov. Holl. austral! - occid. inter flum. Moore et Murchison [between Moore and

412

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Murchison Rivers, W.A.],/. Drummond coW. VI, n. 5, comm. Shuttleworth CGE,

G, K, LD {sphalm. ‘coll. 3’), MEL, OXF, P, PERTH 02786354, W.

Note. The only specimen we have seen of Drummond 6: 5 annotated by Meissner is at NY and it is
therefore regarded as the holotype.

Acacia shuttleworthii Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 7 (1844). Type citation: “Swan
River. (Drummond n. 294! in Herb. Shuttleworth.)” Holotype: Ad fluv. Cygnorum [Swan River,
W.A.], Drummond 294 (BM - sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd. 1877.”;
isotypes: G, K, NSW, OXF, P, PERTH 00731269 (fragment ex MEL), W.

Note. There were no specimens of Drummond 294 located at herb. NY.

Acacia stereophylla Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 203 (1848). Type citation: “Swan
River, Drummond, coll. II. No. 100.” Holotype: Ad f\u\. Cygnorum [Swan River, W. A.], Drummond
1 00 (BM, sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd. 1 %11 :y, isotypes: CGE, MEL, OXF,
P, PERTH 0011261 A (fragment ex MEL), W.

Note. The holotype is the only specimen seen which has been annotated by Meissner. Acacia
stereophylla will be treated as comprising two subspecies in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia”
account of Acacia.

Acacia strigosa var. brevifolia Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1 : 20 (1844). Type citation:
“In solo turfaceo-arenoso ad Stirling’ s-terrace [i.e. Albany townsite] (Plantagenet) d. 22. Nov. 1840.
Herb. Preiss. No. 902.” Syntypes:ad Stirling’ s terrace, W.A., 22 Nov. 1 840, L. Preiss902 (C, FI, G-DC,
GOET, HBG, K, L, LD, M, MEL, NAP, P, PERTH 01036920 - fragment ex MEL, STR, W).

Note. The LD syntype of this name is not annotated by Meissner and we have no record of a syntype
at herb. NY. Although Preiss 902 has been seen in numerous herbaria, no record was made as to who
provided the annotations on these sheets. As the application of this name is not in doubt (all syntypes
represent the same taxon, namely, A. browniana H. Wendl. var. browniana, fide Maslin 1975) we
have refrained from selecting a lectotype pending a search for material annotated by Meissner.

Acacia subbinervia Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 16(1844). Typecitation: “Incolliculis
arenosis insulae Rotenest, d. 20. Aug. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 924. (Drummond n. 285!)”. Lectotype
(here selected): Rotenest [Rottnest] Is., W.A., 20 Aug. 1 839, L. Preiss 924 (LD); isolectotypes: C, G,
GOET, HBG, L, M, NAP, NSW, P, STR, W). Paralectotype: Ad fluv. Cygnorum [Swan River, W. A.],
Drummond 285 (BM - sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd. 1877.”, G,,K, P, W.

Note. The name A. subbinervia was treated as a synonym of A. rostellifera Benth. in Chapman &
Maslin (1992).

Acacia subfalcata Meissner, Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 13: 1 1 (1855). Type citation: “Drumm. Coll. VI.
n. 1 Syntypes: between Moore and Murchison rivers W. A., J. Drummond 6: 1 (BM, CGE, K, LD -
sphalm. ‘coll. 3’, MEL, OXF, P, PERTH 02786311 - fragment ex MEL, W).

Note. Because the BM specimen of Drummond 6: 1 has not been annotated by Meissner and because
we did not record who annotated all the other sped mens cited above, we have refrained fromselecting

B.R. Maslin and R.S. Cowan, C.F. Meissner's Acacia species

413

a lectotype for A. subfalcata. All syntypes examined to date represent A. microbotrya Benth. under
which nameA. daphnifolia will be treated in the forthcoming “Flora of Australia” account of Acacia.

Acacia tetragonocarpa Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 4 (1844). Type citation: “In solo
subturfoso-arenoso prope villam b. Spencer [i.e. Strawberry Hill farm, Albany] (Plantagenet) d. 8.
Dec. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 866.” Lectotype (here selected); In solo subtorfoso-arenoso prope villam
b. Spencer (Plantagenet), 8 Dec. 1840, legit. L. Preiss 866 (LD); isolectotypes: G, NY, P, W.

Acacia trigonophylla Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 199 (1848). Type citation: “Swan
River, Drummond, coll. 11. No. 144.” Syntypes: Swan River, W.A.,y. Drummond!: 144 (BM, CGE,
E, G, G-DC, LD, MEL, NSW, P, PERTH 01 1 16657, W).

Note. A number of syntypes of this name have been examined, including the one at BM; however, no
record was made as to who provided the annotations on the BM sheet. We have therefore refrained from
selecting a lectotype for A. trigonophylla. This does not affect the application of the name because all
syntypes examined represent the one taxon.

Acacia ulicina Meissner in J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 202 (1848). Type citation: “Swan River,
Drummond, coll. II. No. 147.” Holotype: Ad fluv. Cygnorum [Swan River, W.A.], Drummond 147
(BM, sheet labelled “HERB. R.J. SHUTTLEWORTH.-Recd. 1 'ill .'’)\isotypes:G, K, LD, MEL, OXE,
P, PERTH 02484498.

Acknowledgements

We are pleased to acknowledge the generosity of the directors of the numerous herbaria in Europe
(BM, C, CGE, E, FI, G, G-DC, GOET, HBG, K, L, LD, M, NAP, OXF, P, RO, STR, TCD, W),
America (A, MO, NY, US) and in Australia (MEL, NSW) in providing access to the type materials
treated herein; we are most grateful for their assistance. In particular, we thank the management of
The New York Botanical Garden for the last-minute loan of two of the types from Meissner’s
herbarium. We are most appreciative of the assistance provided by Peter Weston (Australian
Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, 1992-93) for sending us photocopies of relevant Drummond sheets
from BM. Special thanks are due to Paul Wilson, Gillian Perry and Neville Marchant for their critical
reading of the manuscript. The Australian Biological Resources Study is acknowledged for financial
support.

References

Bentham, G. (1842). Notes on Mimoseae, with a synopsis of species. London J. Bot. 1: 318-392 (Acacia species).
Bentham, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis. vol. 2. (Lovell Reeve: London.)

Brown, R. (1813). Account of Acacia in: W.T. Aiton, Hortus Kewensis, vol. 5: 459-473.

Chapman, A.R. and Maslin, B.R. (1992). Acacia Miscellany 5. A review of the A. bivenosa group (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae: Section Phyllodineae). Nuytsia 8: 249-283.

Crisp, M.D. (1983). Plantae Preissianae types at Lund. Austral. Syst. Bot. Soc. Newsletter 36: 4-6.

Lander, N.S. (1988). Asteraceae specimens collected by Johann August Ludwig Preiss. Kingia 1(1): 9-19.

Marchant, N.G. (1990). The Western Australian collecting localities of J.A.L. Preiss. /nP.S. Short (ed). “Flistory of systematic
botany in Australasia” pp. 131-135. (Australian Systematic Botany Society: South Yarra, Victoria.)

414

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Maslin, B.R. (1975). Studies in the genus Acacia (Mimosaceae) 4. A revision of the series Pulchellae. Nuytsia 1: 388-492.

Maslin, B.R. (1978). Studies in the genus Acacia (Mimosaceae) - 8. A revision of the Uninemes-Thangulares, in part (the
tetramerous species). Nuytsia 2: 266-333.

Maslin, B.R. (1978a). Studies in the genus Acacia (Mimosaceae) - 7. The taxonomy of some diaphyllodinous species. Nuytsia
2: 200-219.

Maslin, B.R. (1987). The identity ofAcacia microcarpaFMueW. (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) and some related taxa. Nuytsia
6: 35-46.

McGillivray, D.J. (1975). Johann August Ludwig Preiss (181 1-1883) in Western Australia. Telopea 1(1): 1-18.

Meissner, C.F. (1844). Account of Acacia in vol. 1, pp. 2-23, of J.G.C, Lehmann, “Plantae Preissianae sive enumeratio
plantarum quas in Australasia occidentali et meridionale-occidentali annis 1830-1841 collegit Ludovicus Preiss...”
(Meissner; Hamburg.)

Meissner, C.F. (1848). Account of Acacia in vol. 2, pp. 199-206, of J.G.C. Lehmann, “Plantae Preissianae sive enumeratio
plantarum qua.s in Au.strala.sia occidentali ct meridionale-occidentali annis 1830-1841 collegit Ludovicus Preiss...”
(Meissner: Hamburg.)

Meissner. C.F. (1855). Leguminosae quaedam Australiasicae novae. Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 13: 9-12 [Acacia treatment]

Short, P.S. & Sinkora, D.M. (1988). The botanist Joachim Steetz (1804-1862). Muelleria 6(6): 449-494.

Wilson, K.L. (1983). Plantae Preissianae Specimens. Austral. Syst. Bot. Soc. 34: 5-6.

Nuytsia 9 (3): 415-420 (1994)

415

A contribution to the taxonomy of the Tiliaceae of Western Australia

B.L. Rye

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Abstract

Rye, B.L. A contribution to the taxonomy of the Tiliaceae of Western Australia. Nuytsia 9 (3):
415-420 (1994). A new species, Corchorus laniflorus Rye, is described and the new combination
Triumfetta clementii (Domin) Rye is made. Lectotypes are designated for C. elachocarpus F.Muell.
and C. parviflorus (Benth.) Domin. Corrections are also given for the treatment of Tiliaceae in “Flora
of the Kimberley Region”.

Introduction

In Western Australia, members of the family Tiliaceae occur mainly in the Kimberley and Pilbara,
with surprisingly few species shared by the two regions. The family also occurs in the northern arid
zone and Gascoyne region, extending south to the Wiluna area and the southern part of Gibson Desert.
Of the three Western Australian genera, Grewia is restricted to the Kimberley region, whereas
Corchorus and Triumfetta are widespread in the northern half of Western Australia. Keys and
descriptions for the Kimberley taxa have been published in “Flora of the Kimberley Region” (Rye
1992). This paper gives corrections to the Kimberley treatment.

A study of the species of Tiliaceae in the Pilbara and adjacent regions was commenced in 1991,
with the aim of sorting out the taxonomic problems of the group sufficiently to determine which taxa
should be placed on the priority lists for conservation. This paper presents the formal taxonomic
results of that study, while an unpublished report (Rye 1994) provides data on all the taxa in the study
area, including keys, distribution maps, habitat descriptions, flowering times, synonyms and notes.
Many of the taxa included in the unpublished report and the Kimberley flora lack formal names, but
these are presently being studied by D. Halford (Queensland Herbarium), who is preparing a treatment
of the family for “Flora of Australia”.

416

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No, 3 (1994)

New species or combinations

Corchorus laniflorus Rye, sp. nov. (Figure 1)

Corchoro parvifloro affinis a quo indumento longiore sepalis et fructis grandioribus differt.

Typus: Red Hill, Western Australia, 20 October 1941, C.A. Gardner 63S4 (bolo: PERTH 01526316;
iso; CANB).

Related to C. parviflorus but with a longer indumentum, larger sepals and larger fruit.

Spreading or compact shrub, commonly 0.3-0.7 m but up to 1 .2 m high, densely stellate-hairy on
the young stems and leaves, usually also with simple glandular hairs at least on the young stems and
petioles; stellate hairs whitish, soft, the largest ones 1 .5-2.5 mm long including the 0.2-0.6 mm long
stalk; glandular hairs yellowish to dark red-brown, 1-2 mm long. Stipules subulate, usually 3. 5-6.5
mm long, stellate-hairy. Leaves spreading; petiole 8-26 mm long; lamina concolorous or slightly
discolorous, usually pale grey-green, ovate or broadly ovate, 17-42 x 25-53 mm, rather prominently
veined, with undulate dentate margins, usually obtuse, sometimes becoming glabrous near the
margins with age; marginal teeth usually 1-2 mm long. Umbels usually with c. 5 flowers; peduncle
5-16 mm long; pedicels 2-9 mm long. Flower-buds spherical with protruding sepal points. Sepals
narrowly ovate to ovate, 9-15 mm long, prominently acuminate, densely stellate-hairy outside with
long dendritic-stellate hairs on the body and shorter hairs on both surfaces of the point, often also with
simple glandular hairs, largely glabrous inside on the body but with short hairs on the base; dendritic-
stellate hairs 2-6 mm long; acuminate point usually slightly incurved or slightly recurved, 3-7 mm
long. Petals broadly spathulate, 6- 1 1 mm long, stellate-hairy on margins of the short claw, sometimes
also ciliate at base of lamina, glabrous elsewhere. Stamens numerous, usually 70-100, 3-5 mm long.
Annular disc usually glabrous, rarely slightly to distinctly ciliate. Capsule 3-celled, narrowly ovoid
or ovoid, 10-18 mm long, c. 6 mm wide including the indumentum, beaked, densely stellate-hairy,
usually 1- or few-seeded but sometimes with several seeds per cell, if 1 -seeded then the 2 empty cells
displaced and difficult to see; indumentum sometimes or usually including some dendritic-stellate
hairs and simple glandular hairs, the largest hairs c. 1.5 mm long, the beak with indumentum similar
to or slightly shorter than that on body of capsule.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA (all PERTH): Roy Hill, J.S. Beard 2801; Uaroo
Station, J.S. Beard 3605; Red Hill Station, J.S. Beard 6166; Nullagine road, N.T. Burbidge 1183;
Abydos-Woodstock road, N.T. Burbidge 5881; Woodstock Station, N.T. Burbidge 5961; Towera
Station, R.J. Cranfield 1760; Mt Stewart-Duck Creek track, A. A. Mitchell 76/118; Nanutarra,
A. Morrison, 5 Oct. 1905; Mt Y ork, K.[R.] Newbey 10002; Lyndon Station, LZ Weber 4^50', Cranks
Well, J.Z. Weber 4873.

Distribution. Extends from Red Hill and Tabba Tabba Stations in the north to Lyndon Station in the
south-west and to near Roy Hill in the south-east.

Habitat. Recorded on spinifex plains and in sandstone areas or other rocky sites.

Flowering and fruiting period. April-October.

Derivation of name. Derived from the Latin lani - wool, flos/floris - flower, referring to the woolly
appearance of the flowers.

B.L, Rye, Tiliaceae

417

Figure 1 . Corchorus laniflorus A - flowering stem, B - sepal, C - stellate and dendritic-stellate hairs from sepal, much
enlarged, D - capsule, E - geographic distribution. A-C drawn from J.Z. Weber 4850 and D from J.S. Beard 3605.

Scale bars = 5 mm.

Notes. All measurements were taken from dry material. The description of the capsule was based on
only one, possibly atypical, specimen in mature fruit and a number of specimens with immature fruits.

Two specimens from the Woodstock Station area {N.T. Burbidge 5881, 5961) are very unusual in
that they have all of the following atypical characters: glandular hairs absent, leaves up to 2.5 times as
long as wide and a distinctly ciliate annular disc. Each of these characters is found separately in at least
one other specimen (except that none is so obviously ciliate on the disc), suggesting that the Woodstock
specimens are not sufficiently distinct to recognise as a separate taxon. However, Corc/zomy laniflorus
is extremely variable as presently recognised and needs further study, particularly of specimens in
mature fruit.

Triumfetta clementii (Domin) Rye comb. nov.

Triumfetta bartramia var. clementii Domin (Domin 1928: 933). Type: between Ashburton River and
De Grey River, E. Clement s.n. (K - photo examined).

418

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No, 3 (1994)

Lectotypiflcations

Lectotypification was essential to clarify the application of names for Corchorus walcottii var. (?)
parviflorus Benth. and C. elachocarpus F. Muell. In each case the two cited type collections are of
different species, with a total of three species represented by the four type collections. Both Mueller
(1872: 6) andDomin (1928: 937) evidently regarded the types of these taxato be conspecific, Mueller
choosing a new epithet to replace that of Bentham (1863: 279) and Domin publishing the new
combination C. parviflorus (Benth.) Domin. One of Mueller’s types is from the same locality, Nickol
Bay, as one of Bentham’s types, but even these are of distinct taxa.

It would have been possible to choose lectotypes in such a way as to make the taxa equivalent,
but that did not appear to be the best option. The type collections that appeared to be most appropriate
to use in terms of the quality of the specimens, the descriptions provided by these authors and their
apparent application of the names, fortunately also corresponded to the way the names have generally
been applied in Western Australia. The lectotypiflcations given here have therefore maintained the
current usage of the names.

Corchorus elachocarpus F. Muell. (Mueller 1872: 6). Type: Nickol Bay, P. Walcott (lecto, here
designated: MEL 223670).

The other collection cited by Mueller (1872), i.e. Dampier Archipelago, A. Hughan (syn:
MEL 223668), is of a different species, C. parviflorus.

Corchorus parviflorus (Benth.) Domin (Domin 1928: 937). - Corchorus walcottiiverr. (7)parviflorus
Benth. (Bentham 1863: 279). Type: Nickol Bay, F. Gregory (lecto, here designated: MEL 223669;
isolecto: K - n.v., photo examined).

The other collection cited by Bentham ( 1 863), i.e. NW Coast,By/Joe (syn: K -n.v., photo examined),
is a different species but its exact identity is not certain from the photograph.

Corrections to “Flora of the Kimberley Region”

Many inaccuracies and new data have come to light since the flora treatment for the Kimberley
Region was finalised, partly through advice from D. Halford and M. Cheek and partly through further
examination of the specimens, including some types and additional collections. In Grewia, the
species tentatively called G. multiflora A.L. Juss. in Rye (1992) should probably be known as
G. glabra Blume, and G. xanthopetala Benth. should be added to the treatment as a synonym of
G. brevifolia Benth. (D. Halford pers. comm.).

Corchorus capsularis L. appears to be the correct name for Corchorus sp. A, rather than just a
related species. The species included in Rye (1992) as C. sericeus Ewart & O.B. Davies, based on
a doubtful vague record from that region, is now regarded as an unnamed species confined to the
Pilbara. True C. sericeus, which occurs in the Northern Territory, might extend into the Kimberley
but there are no records to date. Another species, referred to in the Kimberley treatment as Corchorus
walcottii F. Muell., is an unnamed Western Australian endemic extending, from Broome south-west
to Pardoo Station and Shellborough. True C. walcottii is restricted to the Pilbara region.

B.L. Rye, Tiliaceae

419

Some specimens with 20-25 stamens that were included in Corchorus sidoides probably belong
instead to C. vermicularis (D. Halford pers. comm.), the stamen number in C. sidoides being 30-40.
C. leptocarpus A. Cunn. ex Benth. has now been recorded from Koolama Bay and King George River
in Central Gardner (CGa) District and sometimes has smaller sepals than previously indicated.

In Triumfetta, all the published names used have been confirmed except for T. rhomboidea Jacq.,
which was misapplied to a taxon now thought to be a new species endemic to the Kimberley Region.
T. rhomboidea is not known from Western Australia but has been collected from other parts of
Australia. The name Triumfetta pentandra A. Rich, has been confirmed to apply to Triumfetta sp. C
(M. Cheek pers. comm.), and this species occurs in Queensland as well as in the Northern Territory.
There are some inaccuracies in the description given for Triumfetta micracantha, which actually has
sepals c. 5 mm long, petals c. 3 mm long and only c. 10 stamens. Triumfetta sp. 7is no longer considered
to include the variant with long-ciliate stamens and therefore does not occur in the Eremaean Botanical
Province.

A major error in the treatment has been the omission of two species related to T. plumigera in the
key and descriptions, the only mention of them being in a note under T. plumigera. The start of the
key to species in the Kimberley flora needs to be altered as follows:

1. Sepal appendage subulate to narrowly triangular, 0.2-1. 3 mm long,
entire. Fruit body 1. 5-2.5 mm long; bristles rather slender or very
slender, about half to more than twice as long as fruit body, the
apical hair stellate.

A. Sepals (3)4-7.5 mm long. Stamens c. 10. Fruit body 2-2.5 mm long;

bristles covering body uniformly, very slender, 4.5-8 mm long T. plumigera

A. Sepals (2)2.5-4(5) mm long. Stamens 3-6. Fruit body 1.5-2 mm long;
bristles often in a terminal tuft or in distinct longitudinal rows, rather
slender, 1-2 mm long.

B. Fruit body c. 1.5 x 1.5 mm, with a terminal tuft of bristles c. 2 mm

long and a few bristles below T. sp.(L. Vernon 39)

B. Fruit body 1.5-2 x 1.3-1. 5 mm, with distinct longitudinal rows of
bristles or rarely appearing to be more uniformly covered, the larger

bristles 1 -2 mm long T. triandra

1. Sepal appendage narrowly ovate to depressed obovate (except in T. pentandra),

(0.1)0. 5-7 mm long, tending to be toothed or lobed in many species. Fruit
body 3-25 mm long; bristles slender to very stout or apparently absent,
less than half as long as fruit body, the apical hair (except in T. bradshawii
and sometimes T. sp. F) simple and uncinate.

Triumfetta plumigera F. Muell.

Description as in Rye (1992: 172).

Occurs in sandy plains and associated with sandstone, extending from Beverley Springs Station,
Drysdale River National Park and near Wyndham southwards to Edgar Range and Mary River: WGa,
CGa, EGa, Fi, Da, Ha. Extends south to Wolf Creek Crater. Also occurs in N.T. and Qld.

Flowers February-July; fruits April-August.

420

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Triumfetta triandra Sprague & Hutch.

Sepals (2)2.5-4(5) mm long; appendage 0.2-0,8 mm long. Stamens 3-5. Fruit 1.5-2 x 1.3- 1.5 mm;
bristles usually in distinct longitudinal rows, often with prominent pairs of rows alternating with areas
largely lacking bristles but with a few hairs at the middle, however sometimes appearing to cover the
surface of the fruit body, rather slender, stellate-hairy including the apex, the larger bristles 1-2 mm
long.

Widespread in the north west, from Kalumburu to the northern tip of Dampier Peninsula, and extending
east to Osmond Valley Station: WGa, CGa, Fi, Da, Ha. Also occurs in N.T.

Flowers & fruits mainly April-August.

Triumfetta sp. (L. Vernon 39)

Sepals 2.7-3 mm long; appendage c. 0.3 mm long. Stamens 5. Fruit c. 1.5 x 1.5 mm, with a terminal
tuft of bristles c. 2 mm long and a few bristles below.

Apparently endemic to the Kimberley Region, recorded from Koolan Island, near the junction of
Charnley and Calder Rivers and from near Pentecost Range: WGa, Fi.

Flowers & fruits March-June.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Gill Perry and Paul Wilson for advice on taxonomic nomenclature, David
Halford for advice on the Kimberley species of Tiliaceae, Malcolm Trudgen for advice on the Pilbara
species and Nicholas Lander and Judy Wheeler for constructive comments on the manuscript. Paul
Wilson provided the Latin diagnosis and Margaret Pieroni drew the line illustration.

References

Bentham, G. (1863). Order XXIII Tiliaceae. “Flora Australiensis.” pp. 267-282. (Lovell, Reeve and Co.: London.)

Domin, K. (1928). Beilrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. CXV. Tiliaceae. Bibliotheca Botanica 22(89):
928-938.

Mueller, F. (1872). Tiliaceae. Fragmenta Phytogeographiae Australiae. 8: 1-6.

Rye, B.L. (1992). Tiliaceae. /nJ.R. Wheeler eta/., "Flora of the Kimberley Region." pp. 160-182. (Department of Conservation
and Land Management: Perth.)

Rye, B.L. (1994). A conservation priority list for the Tiliaceae of Western Australia and a taxonomic review of the species
occurring in the Eremaean Botanical Province. Department of Conservation and Land Management. Unpublished Report.

Nuytsia 9 (3): 421-425 (1994)

421

A new species of Nicotiana (Solanaceae) from near Broome,
Western Australia

D.E. Symon'and Kevin F. Kenneally^

1 C/- The Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and State Herbarium, North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia 5000
2 Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,

PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Abstract

Symon, D.E. and Kenneally, Kevin F. A new species of Nicotiana (Solanaceae) from near
Broome, Western Australia. Nuytsia 9 (3): 421-425 (1994). Nicotiana heterantha Symon &
Kenneally is described from near Broome, Western Australia. The new species is known from only
two populations, both of which are under threat from grazing. It appears most closely related to
N. rosulata subsp. rosulata.

Introduction

A new species of Nicotiana, namely N. heterantha, a Kimberley endemic is described in order to
validate the name for use in a forthcoming book on the plants of Broome and the Dampier Peninsula.

There have been three accounts of Nicotiana in Australia in recent times. A pioneering account by
Burbidge (1960) brought together records up to that date and described five new species and two new
subspecies. This was followed by Horton (1981) who described two new subspecies and reduced one
of Burbidge's species (N. hesperis) to the rank of subspecies. The acount of Nicotiana in the Flora of
Australia, Purdie et al. (1982) was based on Horton. Since then Symon (1984) has described a new
species, N. burbidgei from near Dalhousie Springs in the far north-east of South Australia, and
Clarkson & Symon (1991) described N. wuttkei from north-eastern Queensland.

Taxonomy

Nicotiana heterantha Symon & Kenneally, sp. nov. (Figure 1)

Herba annua decumbens, pilis simplicibus et glandulosis. Folia radicalia petiolata; laminae
ellipticae vel obovatae ad basim attenuatae; apices obtusi. Folia caulina ex axillis caespitosa.
Inflorescentia racemosa, filo metallico similis; bractis parvis ; flores interdum cleistogamae. Calyx 7-9
mm longus, lobis subaequalibus, apicibus triangularibus. Corolla minute pubescens; tubus 2.5 cm

422

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Figure 1 . Nicotiana heterantha A - flowering plant (scale bar = 4 cm), B - corolla of chasmogamous flower (scale bar = 1 .75
cm), C - bud of cleistogamous flower, D - corolla of cleistogamous flower, (C and D scale bar = 4 mm), E - capsule (scale bar
= 4.5 mm), F - seeds (scale bar = 0.5 mm). Drawn from a pot plant grown from seed of Kenneally 11338.

D.E. Symon and K.F. Kenneally, Nicotiana heterantha

423

longus; limbus 0.7-1 cm longus; lobi limbi emarginati. Stamina quattor subdidynamain fauci, quintum
brevi filamento semiadnatum. Capsula ellipsoidea 8-10 mm longa. Semina angularia reniformia
brunnea reticulata.

Typus: Buckleys Bore, 11 km N of Broome, Dampier Peninsula, 17° 5rS, 122° 13'E, Western
Australia, J.B. Martin 225, 8 Mar. 1992 (holo: PERTH 2169819; iso: AD, CANB, K).

Annual or short-lived perennial herb, branching near the base. Decumbent stems develop tufts of
leaves at the lower nodes. Leaves at first basal, 2-10 x 1-4.5 cm, commonly c. 7 x 2.5 cm, petiolate,
elliptic to obovate, apex obtuse, base attenuate, margin entire, petiole 2-2.5 cm, narrowly winged,
attachment to stem simple. Leaves at first basal and eauline, these in time replaced by tufts of leaves
at the stem nodes and in the lower parts of the inflorescence. Indumentum of simple and minute
globular-headed glandular hairs, more common on young parts and calyces but never conspicuous,
leaves and wiry stems glabrescent. Inflorescence a simple or sparsely branched raceme, the axis
relatively slender and wiry, to 1 m long, decumbent. Stem leaves soon reduced to linear-triangular
bracts 3-5 mm long, tufts of leaves develop at the lower nodes (see above), from these axillary tufts
of leaves short flowering axes 1-5 cm long with 2-5 flowers may develop; pedicel c. 7 mm long.
Chasmogamous flowers {Kenneally 1 1 2>2>%):calyx 7-9 mm long, the lobes joined by membrane 2-3 mm,
the lobes free for 2 mm, lobe apex triangular, all minutely glandular pubescent within the lower half,
limb 0.7-1 cm long, divided about halfway, lobe apex emarginate. Four upper anthers on filaments
1.5-2 mm long, the lower fifth anther on filament 6-7 mm long. Anthers 1 mm long; yiy/e 2.8 cm long;
stigma capitate, exserted just beyond the four anthers. Ovary 2 mm, conical, sparsely minutely
glandular pubescent, base surrounded by circular fleshy disc. Cleistogamous flowers: calyx as above
but corolla tube and lobes c. 5 mm long, not expanding. Capsule c. 8-10 mm long, apex acute, equal
to or exceeding the calyx, dividing to four valves when mature, the calyx tube and capsule often slightly
constricted at about one-quarter of their length, the lower quarter somewhat thicker and hardened.
Seeds to 1 mm long, bluntly triangular to angularly reniform, reticulate with sharp-edged wavy ridges,
the cells deeply concave, brown.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Coconut Well, 1 5 km N of Broome, 10 May
1985, Foulkes 237 (AD, CANB, K, PERTH); Coconut Well, 15 km N of Broome, 17 June 1984,
K.F. Kenneally 9031 (CANB, PERTH); Buckleys Plain, 10 km N of Broome, behind O.T.C. station,
1 Sept. 1992, Kenneally 1 1338 (PERTH); Buckleys Plain O.T.C. side, 7 km N of Broome, Dampier
Peninsula, 17°54'S, 122°15’E, 24 April 1992, Martin 226 (PERTH).

Distribution. This is the only Nicotiana so far collected from near Broome. It forms low spreading
colonies in and out of Melaleuca thickets on seasonally wet black clay in an area known as Buckleys
Plain north of Broome to about Coconut Well. (Figure 2)

Flowering period. May-June. The species is facultatively cleistogamous. Some specimens collected
in the field clearly have well developed and open corollas, others have reduced corollas. Several plants
cultivated in Adelaide during the summers were cleistogamous and signs of the corolla were scarcely
visible. The cause of these variations is not known.

Affinities. The new species appears most closely related to Nicotiana rosulata subsp. rosulata, this has
more erect, stouter inflorescences which are more branched above and hence the flowers are more
concentrated on the terminal parts of the stems. However, there are a few specimens of N. rosulata
suhsp. rosulata at AD and PERTH with flowering axes equally slender to the new species. The nearest

424

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Figure 2. Nicotiana heterantha forming low spreading colonie.s on black clay on the edge of a Melaleuca acacioides

thicket on Buckleys Plain north of Broome.

collection of N. rosulata to the new species is one from Pardoo about 4(X) km to the southwest.
N. heterantha differs from all other Australian species except N. debneyi in its chromosome number
(see below). In addition the mostly cleistogamous flowers, tufted growth, and slender wiry stems
distinguish it from all other Australian species.

Notes. The axillary tufts of leaves developing at the lower nodes of the inflorescences and their short
racemes of flowers are unusual features distinguishing this species.

Chromosome number. 2n = 48 (from Kenneally 11338). Root tips counted by Dr D.L. Hayman,
Genetics Department, University of Adelaide. Dr Hayman comments that the presence of only one
pair of chromosomes with obvious nucleolar organising regions suggests that it is an allopolyploid.

The base chromosome number for the genusNicotiana is x = 1 2 and all American species have this
or multiples of it (Goodspeed 1 954). The only previous Australian species with multiple of x = 1 2 were
the two subspecies of N. debneyi , n = 24, 2n = 48 and hence a tetraploid (Horton 1981). N. debneyi
occurs in eastern Australia and is the only Australian species to extend to New Caledonia and Lord
Howe Island. Although the ecology of N. heterantha is similar to that of N. debneyi subsp.
monoschizocarpa, the plants differ in many characters. All other Australian species have a long series
of aneuploid numbers ranging from N. cavicola n = 23 to N. wuttkei n = 14.

This number 2n = 48 separates N. heterantha from N. rosulata 2n = 40 in addition to morphological
differences.

D.E. Symon and K.F. Kenneally, Nicotiana heterantha

425

Conservation status. CALM Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority One - Poorly
Known Taxa. This species is known from only two populations in the same area, both of which are
under threat from grazing.

Etymology. From the Greek hetero - different and anthos - flower, in reference to the two distinct types
of flowers found in this species.

Acknowledgements

The assistance of Brome Botanical Society members Brian Carter, Paul Foulkes, John Martin and
Tim Willing in obtaining material and making field observations of Nicotiana heterantha is gratefully
acknowledged.

References

Burbidge, N.T. (1960). The Australian species of Nicotiana L. Solanaceae. Austral. J. Bot. 8: 342-378.

Clarkson, J.R. & Symon, D.E. (1991). Nicotiana wuttkei (Solanaceae), a new species from north-eastern Queensland with an
unusual chromosome number. Austrobaileya 3: 389-392.

Goodspeed, T.H. (1954). The genus Nicotiana. Chronica Botanica, Vol. 16.

Horton. P (1981). A taxonomic revision of Nicotiana (Solanaceae) in Australia. J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 3: 1-56.

Purdie, R.W., Symon, D.E. & Haegi, L. (1982). Solanaceae. FI. Austral. 29: 38-57.

Symon, D.E. (1984). A new species of Nicotiana (Solanaceae) from Dalhousie Springs, South Australia, J. Adelaide Bot. Card.
7; 117-121.

Nuytsia 9 (3): 427-437 (1994)

427

New species of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) from the northern wheathelt
area of Western Australia

J.R. Wheeler

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Abstract

Wheeler, J.R. New species of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) from the northern wheathelt area of
Western Australia. Nuytsia 9 (3): 427-439 (1994). H. lividula, H. glabriuscula, H. graniticola and
H. arcuata from the northern wheathelt area of Western Australia are described and illustrated. The
placement of H. lividula in section Hibbertia subsection Bracteatae and H. glabriuscula in section
Hibbertia subsection Ochrolasiae is discussed. The relationship between H. graniticola and
H. arcuata is also examined.

Introduction

The genus Hibbertia Andr. contains several as yet undescribed species in Western Australia. In
1983 and 1984, Phil Roberts, who was then CALM District Wildlife OfficerforWongan Hills, brought
H. lividula to my attention with his collections of this species from Dalgouring, Beacon and Wialki
in the northern wheathelt area of Western Australia. Further studies confirmed that this was a new
species related to H. commutata Steudel. Shortly afterwards a further new species from the Carrabin
area, H. glabriuscula, which is clearly related to H. drummondii and also two other new species,
H. graniticola and H. arcuata, came to my attention. The latter three are also taxa of the northern
wheathelt area of Western Australia.

Descriptions

1. Hibbertia lividula J.R. Wheeler, sp. nov. (Figure 1)

Frutex plerumque multi-caulis foliis lividis. Stamina 30-40, libra, ovaria aequaliter circumdantia,
post deum in fasciculis quinque aequalibus carpellis alternantibus disposita. Carpella quinque, glabra.

Typus: 8 km east of Beacon, Western Australia, 19 July 1989, J.R. Wheeler 2624 (holo: PERTH
03453626; iso: AD, CANB, K, MEL, NSW).

428

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Erect or sprawling shrub to 0.6 m high, usually multi-stemmed, with an indumentum of curled or
twisted hairs and usually also some straight hairs. Young branchlets thinly hairy. Leaves alternate,
subsessile, bluish grey, narrowly elliptic to narrowly oblong or narrowly obovate, (5)7-15 x 1.5-3. 5
mm, sparsely hairy above and below, gradually tapered to the base, margins slightly to distinctly
recurved, apex obtuse. Flowers solitary, terminal and terminating short branchlets, sessile, 1 2-25 mm
in diameter. Bracts imbricate, dark brown and scarious, 1 .5-3 mm long; outermost bracts with short
appressed hairs at least in the upper half, acuminate or less often terminating in a small leaf-like
projection; innermost bracts sparsely hairy, obtuse to obtusely acuminate. Sepals 5, more or less equal
in length, connate only at the extreme base, 5-9 x 3-5 mm, the hairs somewhat appressed; outer sepals
ovate-elliptic, moderately to densely hairy, apex obtuse to subacute; inner sepals elliptic, sparsely to
moderately hairy except for a glabrous submarginal band, margin ciliolate, apex obtuse. Petals 5, free,
golden yellow, obovate to obcordate, 6-15 x 4-9 mm, emarginate. Stamens 30-40, free, evenly
distributed but the filament apices and anthers falling into 5 groups between the carpels; filaments
slender, 1. 5-2.5 mm long; anthers obovate and truncate apically, 0.7- 1.2 mm long, opening by
subterminal oblique pores; staminodes absent, although occasional unusually small stamens may be
present. Carpels 5, glabrous; ovules usually 2, rarely 3; style 1.5-3 mm long, arising from the adaxial
side of the carpel and radiating outwards; stigma minutely 2-lobed. Fruit not seen.

Other specimens examined (all PERTH). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: North of Watheroo and east of
Bryant Park, 23 July \965, J.C. Anway 159; 8 miles north of Wialki, 16 July 1967, J.S. Beard 4727;
Seymour Rd, east of Miling, 12 August 1972,5. PaM5fll08A; East Beacon, 11 May \9^A,P. Roberts
s.n.', Dalgouring Townsite reserve, 31 May 1983, P. Roberts s.n.; Wialki West, 19 July 1984,
P. Roberts s.n.; Dalgouring, 30° 30’S, 118° 13E, 8 June 1984, B.H. Smith 366; 0,6 miles east of
Dalgouring, 8 June \9^4, B.H. Smith 367; 11 km east of Beacon, l9July 1989,7./?. Wheeler2625; 11
km east of Beacon, 19 July 1989, J.R. Wheeler 2626; 3 km north of Beacon-Wialki Rd along
Dalgouring Rd, 19July 1989,7./?. W/jee/er 2627; 3.5 km north ofBeacon-WialkiRd along Dalgouring
Rd, 19July 1989,7./?. Wheeler262S; 10 km south east of Beacon (31 km north of MandigaRd, along
Mandiga-Marindo Rd), 20 July 1989,7./?. Wheeler2630; 15 km westofMollerin on Burakin-Wialki
Rd, 20 July 1989, J.R. Wheeler 2633; 5 km west of Kulja on Burakin-Wialki Rd, 20 July 1989,
J.R. Wheeler 2635.

Distribution. South-west Australia, Avon District between Watheroo and Wialki.

Habitat. Occurs on sand, loam or lateritic sand, in Eucalyptus wandoo woodland, mallee woodland
with Acac/fl and Allocasuarina species or Acacia shrubland.

Flowering period. Howers May to Septembej.

Affinities. Hibbertia lividula with its free stamens arranged around glabrous carpels clearly belongs
to the section Hibbertia, subsection Bracteatae (Bentham 1 863). Members of subsection Bracteatae
typically have broad dark brown scarious bracts, free stamens which although evenly distributed
around glabrous carpels fall into groups alternating with the carpels. H. lividula is related to and has
many attributes in common with H. commutata Steudel and H. serrata Hotchk. (Wheeler 1984).
However it differs from all known species of this subsection in having 5 rather than 3 carpels.

Conservation status. The populations have not been fully surveyed but this species does not appear
to be under threat.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the bluish grey colour of the foliage.

J.R. Wheeler, Hibbertia

429

Figure 1. Hibbertia lividula A - flowering branch (scale bar = 10 nun), with enlargement of bud and bracts
(scale bar = 5 mm), B - stamens and carpels (scale bar = 1 mm).

430

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

2. Hibbertia glabriuscula J.R. Wheeler, sp. nov. (Figure 2)

Ex affinitate H. drummondii sed sepalis et bracteis sine pilis villosis aureo-fuscis.

Typus: c. 24 km south of Carrabin, Hackling Rd, 14 km east of junction with Burracoppin South Rd,
Western Australia, 26 September 1989,7./?. W/iee/er2638 (holo: PERTH 03453588; iso: AD, CANB,
K, MEL).

Small erect shrub to 0.5 m high. Young branchlets glabrous. Leaves alternate, subsessile or with
a very short hairy petiole to 0.3 mm long, oblong to oblong-elliptic and thick, 2-5.5 x 1-1.3 mm,
glabrous or sparsely scabrous with simple forward-projecting hairs arising from slight protuberances,
margin recurved and connate to the thick broad midrib completely hiding the lower surface, apex
obtuse. Flowers solitary, terminal, 10-20 mm in diameter; peduncle 1-3 mm long, with short simple
hairs; bracts several on the peduncle, narrowly elliptic, 1-3.5 mm long, sepal-like in texture and
indumentum. Sepals 5, connate only basally, elliptic to broadly elliptic, 4-7 x 2-5 mm, more or less
equal in size although the outermost sometimes slightly narrower and more acute, glabrous to thinly
hairy with simple hairs outside, appressed hairy at least apically inside, margin ciliolate, apex obtuse
or subacute. Petals 5, obovate. 6-10 x 4-7 mm, emarginate. Stamens 6-12, free, arranged all around
the carpels; filaments slender, 1-1.7 mm long; anthers oblong, 1-1 .7 mm long, opening by longitudinal
slits; staminodes absent. Cnrpe/j 2, ellipsoid, 1.2-1.5xc. 1 mm, glabrous; ovules 4 or 6; style at length
radiating outwards, 2. 5-3. 5 mm long. Fruit not seen.

Other specimens examined (all PERTH). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: no locality given, no date given
J.S. Beard62\2>\ 24 km SSE Carrabin, flora and fauna reserve on land survey blocks nos. 969 and 975,
15-17 September 1 982, A. Strid 20307 ; c. 24 km south of Carrabin, Hackling Rd, 1 4 km east of junction
with Burracoppin South Rd, 26 September 1989, J.R. Wheeler 2639; c. 24 km south of Carrabin,
Hackling Rd, 14 km east of junction with Burracoppin South Rd, 26 September 1989, J.R. Wheeler
2640; c. 24 km south of Carrabin, Hackling Rd, 14 km east of junction with Burracoppin South Rd,
26 September 1989,7./?. VTftee/er264 l;c. 24 km south of Carrabin, Hackling Rd, 14 km east of junction
with Burracoppin South Rd, 26 September 1989,7./?. Wheeler 2642', c. 25 km south of Carrabin, Pink
Rd, c. 1 km south of junction with Hackling Rd, 26 September 1989,7./?. Wheeler2645', c. 25 km south
of Carrabin, Pink Rd, c. 1 km south of junction with Hackling Rd, 26 September 1989, J.R. Wheeler
2646; c. 23 km south of Carrabin, Hackling Rd, 8 km east of junction with Burracoppin South Rd,
26 September 1989, J.R. W/iee/er 2647;c. 20 km SSEof Carrabin, DellaRd,c. 1 km north of junction
with Hackling Rd, 26 September 1989, J.R. Wheeler 2649.

Distribution. South west Australia, Avon District, recorded only from south of Carrabin.

Habitat. Occurs on yellow sand in heath or shrubland.

Flowering period. Flowers recorded for September.

Affinities. Hibbertia glabriuscula seems most closely related to H. drummondii and clearly belongs
with that species in section Hibbertia, subsection Ochrolasiae. H. glabriuscula differs markedly from
H. drummondii in the absence of the conspicuous long golden brown hairs which characteristically
clothe the sepals and bracts of the latter species. The sepals and bracts of H. glabriuscula are glabrous
to thinly hairy outside and with appressed hairs towards the apex of the inner surface. H. drummondii
also differs in its usually glabrous and smooth leaves, slightly larger flowers with more numerous
(15-18) stamens and larger carpels each with 6-8 ovules.

J.R. Wheeler, Hibbertia

431

Figure 2. Hibbertia glabriuscula A - flowering branch (scale bar = 10 mm), B - leaf, abaxial and adaxial views
(scale bar = 1 mm), C - bud (scale bar = 2 mm), with enlargement to show minute hairs sometimes present on
sepals (scale bar = 1 mm), D - stamens and carpels (scale bar = 1 mm).

432

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

Conservation status. CALM Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority Two - Poorly
Known Taxa. Survey work is necessary to search for further populations before a complete statement
can be made on its conservation status.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the absence of long conspicuous hairs on the sepals and bracts ;
these hairs are present on the sepals and bracts of its closest Te\aU\e,Hibbertia drummondii. Although
there are frequently minute hairs present in H. glabriuscula it is, in comparison to H. drummondii,
almost glabrous.

3. Hibbertia graniticola J.R. Wheeler, sp. nov. (Figure 3)

Frutex;piliindumentibreviterstellati. Folia recta, pungentia. Stamina 17-30carpellacircumdantia,
versus basim irregulariter connata. Carpella (2)3, dense stellato-pilosa; ovula (8)10 in unoquoque
carpello posita.

Typus: Rock NW of Warralakin, 3.5 km along English Rd from junction with Echo Valley Rd, Western
Australia, 21 September 1988, J.R. Wheeler2599 (holo: PERTH 0345361 8; iso: AD, CANB, K, MEL).

Shrub to 1 .5 m high, with a minute but dense indumentum on young branchlets, petioles, bracts and
sepals of short stellate hairs in which the centre of the hair is slightly fused. Leaves spirally arranged
and crowded especially towards the tips of the branchlets; petiole 1-1.5 mm long; blade straight, linear
but thick with the true margins recurved and fused to the midrib, 10-20 x 1.2-1 .5 mm; upper surface
flat or slightly concave, glabrous; lower surface convex with a prominently raised midrib, glabrous;
edges coarsely scabrous with forward pointing simple hairs; apex a long pungent mucro 1-1.5 mm long.
Flowers solitary, terminating short branchlets, sessile, 20-35 mm in diameter. Bracts inconspicuous,
leaf-like, 9-12 mm long. Sepals 5, connate basally, densely and shortly stellate-hairy, the margin
ciliolate with somewhat curled hairs, apex pungent with a mucro 0.5-2 mm long; outermost sepals
elliptic, 12-16x4-8 mm; innermost sepals broadly elliptic, 12-16x7-11 mm and with a minutely hairy
to glabrous submarginal band. Petals 5, golden yellow, obovate, 14-20 x 4-8 mm, emarginate.
Stamens 1 7-30, arranged all around the carpels, irregularly connate towards the base for the basal 0.5-1
mm; filaments slender, 4-6 mm long; anthers very slender, narrowly elliptic, 3-4 mm long, opening by
longitudinal slits; staminodes usually absent. Carpels usually 3 but sometimes 2, ovoid, densely
stellate-hairy; ovules (8) 10 per carpel, placentation marginal; style slender, 4-5 mm long, arising from
the abaxial side of the carpel. Fruits dry, splitting apically and adaxially to release the seeds. Seeds
orange-brown, shiny, transversely ellipsoid, 2.5-3 x 1. 5-2.5 mm, with a white waxy aril.

Other specimens examined (all PERTH). WESTERN AUSTRALIA; Chutawalakin Hill, (southern
edge) 3 September 1989, R. Cranfield & P. Spencer 7694A; 1.5 km W of southern boundary of
Chiddarcooping Nature Reserve, 1 1 September 1989, R. Cranfield & P. Spencer 7801 ; NW section
Chiddarcooping Nature Reserve, September 1989, R. Cranfield & P. Spencer 7820; Chiddarcooping
Nature Reserve, 2.55 km WNW of Chiddarcooping Hill, 7 November 1990, F.H. & M.P. Mollemans
3784; Warralakin Rock, 14 August 1970, E. Parkin s.n., Chiddarcooping Nature Reserve, site 38,
1 October 1984, A. S. Weston 14162; Chiddarcooping Nature Reserve, 5 November 1984, A.S. Weston
14493; Rock NW of Warralakin, 3.5 km along English Rd from Junction with Echo Valley Rd,
21 September 1988,7./?. Wheeler 2598.

Distribution. South-west Australia, Avon District, in the northern wheatbelt near Warralakin.

J.R. Wheeler, Hibbertia

433

Figure 3. Hibbertia graniticola A - flowering branch (scale bar = 10 mm), B - leaf, C - sepal (B & C scale bars = 5 mm),

D - stamens and carpels (scale bar = 2.5 mm).

434

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No, 3 (1994)

Habitat. Restricted to sand pockets on granitic outcrops or surrounding the base of granite outcrops,
usually in shrubland.

Flowering period. Flowers August to September. Fruits recorded for November.

Ajfinities. Hibbertiagraniticola is closely related to H. arcuata differing primarily in its longer straight
leaves, larger flowers and (2)3 carpels with (8)10 ovules per carpel. See under H. arcuata.

Conservation status. This is a taxon known from one or a few (generally less than 5) populations, at
least some of which are not believed to be under immediate threat (i.e. not currently endangered) and
designated as a Priority Two taxon of CALM. This taxon has previously been referred to as Hibbertia
sp. Chiddarcooping (R.J. Cranfield 7820).

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the fact that the species is apparently restricted to granite
rocks.

4. Hibbertia arcuata J.R. Wheeler, sp. nov. (Figure 4)

Frutex; pili indumenti breviter stellati. Folia recurva, pungentia. Stamina 15-28 carpella
circumdantia, omnio vel fere libera. Carpella 2, dense stellato-pilosa; ovula 6-8 in unoquoque carpello
posita.

Typus: 13.4 km E of Kalannie on Kulja road. Western Australia, 19 September 1988, J.R. Wheeler
2579 (holo: PERTH 03453596; iso: AD, CANB, K, MEL).

Shrub to 1.3 m high, with a minute indumentum on young branchlets, petioles, bracts and sepals
of short stellate hairs in which the centre of the hair is slightly fused and scale-like. Leaves spirally
arranged, not usually crowded; petiole 0.3-0.8 mm long; blade distinctly to slightly recurved, narrowly
oblong-elliptic to narrowly ovate-elliptic, thick with the true margins recurved and fused to the midrib,
4-8 X 1-1.5 mm, upper surface minutely scabrous with forward pointing simple hairs, lower surface
glabrous with a prominently raised midrib, apex a long pungent mucro 1-1.5 mm long. Flowers
solitary, terminating short branchlets, sessile, 1 2-20 mm in diameter. Bracts inconspicuous, leaf-like,
4-6 mm long. Sepals 5, connate basally, stellate-hairy, margin ciliolate with somewhat curled hairs;
outermost sepals elliptic to broadly elliptic, 5-8 x 3-4 mm including a mucro 1-1.3 mm long; innermost
sepals broadly elliptic, 6-9 x 4-6 mm including a mucro 0.5-1 mm long, with a glabrous or very sparsely
hairy submarginal band. Petals 5, golden yellow, obovate, 5-1 1 x 5-9 mm, emarginate. Stamens 15-28,
arranged all around the carpels, free or connate only basally; filaments I -2.5 mm long; anthers elliptic
to ovate-elliptic, 1 .5-2.5 mm long, opening by longitudinal slits; staminodes absent or sometimes a few
stamens reduced in size and perhaps non-functional. Carpels 2, ovoid, densely stellate-hairy; ovules
6 or 8 per carpel, placentation marginal; style slender, 3-4.5 mm long, arising from the abaxial side of
the carpel. Fruits dry, splitting apically and adaxially to release the seeds. Immature seeds orange-
brown, shiny, transversely ellipsoid, with a white waxy aril.

Other specimens examined (all PERTH). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Halfway between Paynes Find
and Perenjori, 31 August 1975, A.M. Ashby 5221; Emu fence N of Cleary, 16 July 1967, J.S. Beard
4714; Pindar, E of Mullewa, 16 September 1931, W.E. Blaclcall 667; Between Mt Churchman and
Beacon, 13 October 1937, W.E. Blackall 3453; Dromedaries, near Mt Churchman, October 1937,
W.E. Blackall s.n.. Between Mullewa and Morowa, August 1959, A.M. Baird s.n., 216 km from Mt
Magneton Geraldton Rd, 22 August 1963, T. Chadwick 1671; 73 miles from Paynes Find to Wubin,

J.R. Wheeler, Hibbertia

435

Figure 4. Hibbertia arcuata A - flowering branch (scale bar = 10 mm), B - leaf, C - sepal (B & C scale bars = 5 mm),

D - stamens and carpels (scale bar = 2.5 mm).

436

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 3 (1994)

October 1965,/./?. A'nox651038; 52.4 km from Wubin towards Mt Magnet, 28 July 1974,5./?. Maslin
3538; Wilroy Reserve 29196, 16 km SSE of Mullewa, 4 June 1977, B.G. Muir 544; ?Wyalkatchem
area, 17 September 1965, 5.5. /?05'ier 336; 13.4 km E of Kalannie on Kuljaroad, 19 September 1988,
J.R. Wheeler 2519’, North west of Beacon, 21.6 km north along Bimbijy Rd towards Mt Churchman,
20 September 1988, J.R. Wheeler 25^9’, South east of Beacon, Gillet road 6 km south from junction
with Faulkner road, 19 July 1989, /.5. Wheeler 2622.

Distribution. South-west Australia, Avon District, in the northern wheatbelt from Mullewa and Pindar
east towards Paynes Find and south to near Beacon, and possibly the Wyalkatchem area.

Habitat. Acacia shrubland, Allocasuarina shrubland or Eucalyptus woodland, on yellow to brown
sand or loam.

Flowering period. Flowers July to October. Fruits recorded for October.

Ajfinities. Hibbertia arcuata is closely related to H. graniticola, differing primarily in its shorter
recurved leaves, smaller flowers and presence of only 2 carpels each with 6 or 8 ovules. However
H. graniticolaandH. arcuato clearly have many features in common. Their leaves are similar in form
and both have long pungent apices. The flowers are solitary terminating short shoots and subtended
by inconspicuous leaf-like bracts which grade into the leaves. The sepals are similar in shape with
similar indumentum and similar pungent apices. The stamens are similar in shape and type, are
arranged all around the carpels and have the same form of dehiscence. Staminodes are usually absent,
although occasionally some smaller and possibly non-functional stamens may be found. The carpels
are similar in shape and indumentum. Ovules although usually different in number are similar in
placentation.

The morphological differences between the closely related H. graniticola and H. arcuata are
summarised in the table below.

Hibbertia graniticola

Hibbertia arcuata

Leaves

Straight, 10-20 mm long

Recurved, 4-8 mm long

Flower size

20-35 mm in diameter

12-20 mm in diameter

Sepal length

12-16 mm long

5-9 mm long

Sepal apex

Mucro not or scarcely
longer in outer sepals

Mucro of outer sepals
distinctly longer than
that of inner sepals

Petals

13-20 mm long

5-1 1 mm long

Stamens

Irregularly fused for
basal 0.5-1 mm

Free or almost so

Staminal fdaments

4-6 mm long

1-2.5 mm long

Anthers

Narrowly elliptic and

3-4 mm long

Elliptic to ovate-elliptic
and 1. 5-2.5 mm long

Carpel number

3, less often 2

2

Ovule number

1 0, more rarely 8
per carpel

6 or 8 per carpel

J.R. Wheeler, Hibbertia

437

As well as being morphologically different, the two species differ markedly in their habitat
preferences, with H. graniticola being restricted to granite outcrops and H. arcuata being more
widespread on sandy or loamy soils.

It seems that these two species should be placed in section Hibbertia, in which the stamens are
characteristically arranged all around the carpels (Bentham 1863 and Gilg & Werdermann 1925). The
two are clearly closely related, but do not appear to have any other close relatives. It is therefore not
clear in which subsection of section Hibbertia they belong. Initially they seem to belong to a subsection
of their own, however instead of creating a new subsection for H. graniticola and H. arcuata it seems
sensible to leave this until the whole of the genus is studied Australia-wide for a forthcoming volume
of “Flora of Australia”.

Conservation status. The populations have not been fully surveyed, but the species is not considered
to be under threat.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the recurved bow-like nature of the leaves.

Acknowledgements

I should like to thank Phil Roberts for first bringing H. lividula to my attention and also Ray
Cranfield and Phil Spencer for providing material of H. graniticola and surveying populations prior
to its inclusion on the Priority Flora List. I thank also Glen Rodrigues for preparing the illustrations
of all species, Neville Marchant for his comments on an earlier draft and Paul Wilson for preparing the
brief Latin descriptions.

References

Bentham, G. (1863). “Flora Australiensis” vol. 1. (Reeve: London.)

Gilg, E. & Werdermann, E. (1925), In: A. Engler’s “Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien” ed 2, 21: 21-30 (Duncker & Humblot:
Berlin.)

Wheeler, J.R. (1984). “Taxonomic notes on some Western Australian species of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae)” Nuytsia 5: 31-42.

438

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No, 3 (1994)

CORRECTION

Correction to “New species and taxonomic changes in Grevillea (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae)
from south-west Western Australia” By Peter M. Olde and Neil R. Marriott, Nuytsia 9 (2): 237- 304
(1993).

In the above paper a new name, Grevillea althoferi was published. However, as Olde and Marriott
state that their new species was named in honour of Mr and Mrs Althofer, the epithet must be corrected
to ‘althoferorum’ (see Greuter et a/. (1988). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature, Arts.
32.5, 73.1 and 73.10).

In the same paper the name Grevillea crowleyi was also published. This name must be corrected
to Grevillea crowleyae as the epithet honours Mrs Valma Crowley. - Editor.

Publication date of Nuytsia Volume 9 Number 2: 30 December 1993

439

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIAN FLORA
R: Declared Rare Flora - Extant Taxa (= Threatened Flora = Endangered + Vulnerable)

Taxa which have been adequately searched for, and are deemed to be in the wild either rare, in
danger of extinction, or otherwise in need of special protection, and have been gazetted as such,
following approval by the Minister for the Environment, after recommendation by the State's
Endangered Flora Consultative Committee.

X; Declared Rare Flora - Presumed Extinct Taxa

Taxa which have not been collected, or otherwise verified, over the past 50 years despite thorough
searching, or of which all known wild populations have been destroyed more recently, and have
been gazetted as such, following approval by the Minister for the Environment, after recommendation
by the State's Endangered Flora Consultative Committee.

1: Priority One - Poorly Known Taxa

Taxa which are known from one or a few (generally <5) populations which are under threat, either
due to small population size, or being on lands under immediate threat, e.g. road verges, urban areas,
farmland, active mineral leases, etc., or the plants are under threat, e.g. from disease, grazing by feral
animals, etc. May include taxa with threatened populations on protected lands. Such taxa are under
consideration for declaration as 'rare flora’, but are in urgent need of further survey.

2: Priority Two - Poorly Known Taxa

Taxa which are known from one or a few (generally <5) populations, at least some of which are not
believed to be under immediate threat (i.e. not currently endangered). Such taxa are under
consideration for declaration as 'rare flora’, but are in urgent need of further survey.

3: Priority Three - Poorly Known Taxa

Taxa which are known from several populations, at least some of which are not believed to be under
immediate threat (i.e. not currently endangered). Such taxa are under consideration for declaration
as ’rare flora’, but are in need of further survey.

4: Priority Four - Rare Taxa

Taxa which are considered to have been adequately surveyed and which, whilst being rare (in
Australia), are not currently threatened by any identifiable factors. These taxa require monitoring
every 5-10 years.

440

Notes for Authors

The aim of Nuytsia is to publish original papers on systematic botany with preference given to papers relating to the flora
of Western Australia. Descriptions and keys using manuscript or phrase names will not generally be accepted. All papers
are refereed and the Editorial Advisory Committee reserves the right to reject papers. Opinions expressed by authors are
their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or views of the Department of Conservation and Land Management.
Manuscripts must be submitted in duplicate, typewritten and double spaced. Printing is now done using a desktop
publishing system. After final acceptance of papers, authors are requested to provide discs readable directly by IBM
computer. Wherever possible, the MS-WORD software should be used. Alternatives should be discussed with the editor
before preparing manuscripts.

Great care with layout, spacing and typography must be exercised in the preparation of electronic manuscripts. In
particular, note the following. Text is not to be right-justified. Where manuscripts are compiled with software other than
MS-WORD all headings and paragraphs are to be left-justified. Within a paragraph two spaces are required between
sentences; after colons, semicolons, commas and dashes a single space is required. Where MS-WORD is used, text should
be italicised or emboldened where appropriate.

Original figures should not be lettered but accompanied by copies indicating lettering. Page proofs will be forwarded to
authors for checking. Twenty reprints of each paper will be provided free of charge; no additional copies may be ordered.
Style and layout should follow recent numbers of Nuytsia, noting particularly the following.

Title. Should include the family name of genera or species treated, but not authorities. New taxa should be named if not numerous.
The geographic area of study should be given where appropriate.

Abstract. The paragraph (or paragraphs) should be indented and commence with bibliographic information. New taxa, combinations
and names should be listed. The major contents of the paper should be summarised but no additional material given.

Headings. All headings should be in capitals and lower case, major headings being centred and minor ones left-justified.
Keys. May be either indented (e.g. Nuytsia 5: 277) or bracketed (e.g. Nuytsia 5: 84). Indented keys involving more than nine
levels of indentation should be avoided.

Species treatments. Use of certain named paragraphs, or sets of paragraphs, for matter following the descriptions is encouraged.
The desired sequence and examples of commonly used headings are shown below. Recommended headings which are
italicised below, should be left-justified, followed by text on the same line.

(1) Taxon name, synonymy (if any), significant manuscript or phrase names currently in use and type details (for
previously published taxa).

(2) Latin (for new taxa - indented).

(3) Typus: (for new taxa - not indented).

(4) English description (indented).

(5) Other specimens examined or Selected specimens examined as appropriate.

(6) Distribution.

(7) Habitat.

(8) Flowering period.

(9) Fruiting period.

(10) Typification (discussion).

(11) Ajfinities or Relationships.

(12) Discussion or Comments or Notes.

(13) Conservation status. (Department of Con.servation and Land Management conservation codes for rare and

threatened (Declared Rare Flora) WA taxa are given in each issue).

(14) Etymology.

Threatened species. It is the policy of CALM not to publish precise locality data for threatened species. Authors are
therefore requested not to cite precise locality data when describing threatened species. Generalised localities should be
given accompanied by the statement - [precise locality withheld].

Synonymy. The desired format is that used by P.G. Wilson, Nuytsia 4: 135-262.

Standard abbreviations. It is suggested that where possible the following standards be followed.

(1) Author abbreviations - Brummitt, R.K. & Powell, C.E. (1992). Authors of Plant Names. (Royal Botanic Gardens:
Kew.)

(2) Book titles in literature citations - Stafleu, F.A. & Cowan, R.S. (1976-83). Taxonomic Literature. Edn 2. (I.A.P.T.:
Utrecht) (but with capital initial letters.) - Green, J.W. (1985). Census of the Vascular Plants of Western Australia.
Edn 2. Pp. 20-24. (Department of Agriculture: Perth.)

(3) Journal titles in literature citations and reference lists - Lawrence, G.H.M. et al. (1968). B-P-H (Botanico-Periodicum-
Huntianum). - Greenloc. cit.

Figures. Numbers should follow a single sequence including maps.

Structure of papers. Authors are encouraged to use the conventional structure of scientific papers when a complete study is
being reported (e.g. a revision). AMet/iodrsection should include the method of drawing up the descriptions from specimens,
extent of search for types, and discussion of concepts for choice of taxonomic categories. A Discussion section should be
considered, which would include some or all of the following: a summary of the findings, emphasising the most significant;
interpretation of the results in the light of other relevant work; statement of new problems which have arisen; advising of aspects
which are to be followed up; suggestion of topics wdiich others might usefully pursue; prediction and speculation.

4006 - 0694-600

i

CONTENTS

Eucalyptus series Brevifolia (Myrtaceae),
a new species of norfhern
Australian eucalypts.

By M.I.H. Brooker and A.V. Slee

307

Mueller's "The Plants Indigenous to the Colony of Victoria"
Is Volume 2 effectively published?

ByA.B. Court, R.S. Cowan and B.R. Maslin

315

Three new species, a new name and notes on
Australian Polycarpaea (Caryophyllaceae).

By I.D. Cowie

319

New taxa of Verticordia (Myrtaceae:
Chamelaucieae) from Western Australia.

By Elizabeth A. George and Alex S. George

333

Stylidium costulatum (Stylidiaceae), a new
tropical species of triggerplant from the
Kimberley, Western Australia and the
lectotypification of S. flood//.

By Kevin F. Kenneally and Allen Lowrie

343

Notes and new species of Acacia
(Mimosaceae) from northern Australia.
By G.J. Leach

351

Drosera ordensis (Droseraceae), a new
tropical species of carnivorous plant
from northern Australia.

By Allen Lowrie

363

Stylidium pulviniforme (Stylidiaceae),
a new species of triggerplant from
south-west Western Australia.

By Allen Lowrie and Kevin F. Kenneally

369

(Contents continued inside back cover)

ISSN 0085-44 17

Print Post Approved PP665002/00003